{"title":"Glass Clamps \u0026 Balustrades","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"premium-aluminium-glass-hinge","title":"Aluminium Glass Hinge, Glass to Wall, for 8-12mm Glass Gates, Satin, with Fixings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis hinge hangs a frameless glass gate or door from a wall, pier or flat post, so the glass swings with no frame around it.\u003c\/strong\u003e One leaf screws flat to the wall; the other clamps the glass between gaskets with two bolts that pass through holes in the glass. It suits glass 8mm to 12mm thick, is satin aluminium, measures 86 x 58 x 35mm, and comes with wall screws, plugs and a hex key. The price shown is for one hinge; most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-glass-hinge-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the aluminium glass to wall hinge, 86 x 58 x 35mm, for 8 to 12mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA gate that matches the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e A frameless glass balustrade or pool fence looks best with a glass gate. This hinge keeps the gate all glass, with only a small satin leaf at the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolted through the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two bolts pass through holes in the glass and clamp it between gaskets, so the gate cannot slip out of the hinge even with heavy daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGaskets protect the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fibre gaskets sit either side of the glass so metal never bears on it directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Screws, wall plugs and a hex key come in the box, so you can fit it to masonry straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass garden gates hung from a house wall or brick pier; pool and hot tub gates; glass doors in shop fronts, receptions and display areas; and glass gates in frameless balustrades on terraces and decks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge with gaskets, glass bolts, wall screws, wall plugs and hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass to wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 x 58 x 35mm, as published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm to 12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass preparation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo holes for the bolts, drilled before toughening (positions not published; take them from the hinge)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the wall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree screws, plugs supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.23 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete the gate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock, glass gate to wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-to-wall-gate-lock\"\u003eAluminium glass to wall gate lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock, glass gate to glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-gate-lock\"\u003eAluminium glass to glass gate lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamps for the fixed glass panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-glass-clamp-316-stainless-steel\"\u003e316 square glass clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo hinges for a typical garden or pool gate up to waist height. A taller or wider door may need three; follow your glass supplier's advice for the panel weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the glass is 8mm to 12mm toughened safety glass. Because the bolts pass through the glass, the holes must be drilled before the glass is toughened: order the hinges first and give your glass supplier the hole positions from the hinge itself. The wall or post must be flat and solid where the hinge fixes. Leave a small even gap between the glass and the wall so the gate swings freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the hinge positions on the wall with a level line, drill and plug, and screw the wall leaves on. Fit the gaskets either side of the glass, offer the glass up on packers, pass the bolts through and tighten them evenly with the hex key without overtightening. Check the swing and the gap, then remove the packers. Wipe with warm soapy water and a soft cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one hinge with its fixings. Most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the glass need holes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Two bolts pass through the glass, so the holes must be drilled before the glass is toughened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I hang it from a stainless post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if the post has a flat face at least as wide as the wall leaf. Use machine screws into a tapped post instead of the wall screws supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it self-closing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a free-swinging hinge. For a pool gate that must self-close, check the requirement with your designer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full glass gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will list the parts and confirm delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58001734566275,"sku":"SSHF-966531-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-glass-hinge-glass-gate-to-wall.jpg?v=1794014621"},{"product_id":"304-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post","title":"304 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade Mid Post 42.4mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor a clean glass balustrade with no handrail across the top.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 42.4mm x 2.0mm satin 304 stainless mid post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled. It comes with four D-shaped glass clamps, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. A mid post holds two glass panels in a straight line, one each side, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-mid-post-42mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 304 capped glass balustrade mid post showing 1100mm overall height, clamp holes at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm 304 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, D-shaped, two each side, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, so the glass sits at the same height on every post along the run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA frameless look.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a cap instead of a handrail, the top of the balustrade is the glass edge itself, which keeps views open on landings, mezzanines and terraces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart of a matching set.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed to go with the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-corner-post-1\"\u003e304 corner post\u003c\/a\u003e with the same cap and clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e304 grade, for indoor and sheltered balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless suits homes, offices, shops and other dry or sheltered places. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, a 316 balustrade is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it for glass balustrades along landings, stair edges, mezzanines and raised floors in homes, offices and shops, and for sheltered terraces and balconies away from salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, panels both sides in line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight run between two panels, glass top edge, no handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped mid post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe end of a run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-corner-post-1\"\u003e304 corner post with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou want a round handrail along the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-kit-1\"\u003e304 mid post kit with handrail saddle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panels in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth, wiping along the grain, and avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one mid post with its cap, clamps and cover plate. A run needs one mid post between each pair of panels, plus end or corner posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I add a handrail later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis post is made to take a cap, not a handrail saddle. If you want a handrail, choose the mid post kit with a handrail saddle instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnder cover and away from salt, yes. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, choose 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per mid position online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with end and corner posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57988389044611,"sku":"SSHF-580419-01","price":178.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-mid-post-42mm-office-walkway-frameless-top.jpg?v=1793921862"},{"product_id":"adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit","title":"Adjustable Aluminium Channel Glass Kit for 21.52mm Laminated Glass, 5m Run, Rotating Wedge System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis kit holds 21.52mm laminated glass in the adjustable aluminium balustrade channel and lets you set every panel plumb from one side, after the glass is in.\u003c\/strong\u003e It covers a 5m run of channel and contains the rotating wedges, packers, setting blocks and black rubber top gasket, all sized for 21.52mm glass. Turning each wedge with the adjustment tool moves the glass through up to 38mm, so you can true up a run on an uneven slab without taking anything out. The price shown is for one kit, enough for 5m of glass. The channel and the adjustment tool are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-channel-glass-kit-21-52mm-section-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Section through the adjustable aluminium channel showing the 21.52mm laminated glass, packer, rotating wedge, setting block and rubber top gasket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a wedge kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for thick laminated glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.52mm is two 10mm toughened plies bonded with a 1.52mm interlayer, the usual choice for frameless barriers with no handrail and for public and commercial buildings. If one ply breaks, the interlayer keeps the panel in the channel. The packers and setting blocks in this kit are marked 21.52mm and sized to grip it firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust from one side.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a balcony edge or a roof terrace you often can only reach one face of the glass. The rotating wedge is set and turned from the inside, so nobody needs to work over the drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlumb glass on a real slab.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slabs and decks are never perfectly level, and heavy laminated panels show every lean. 38mm of adjustment lets you bring each panel back to vertical and line up the top edges so the run looks straight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo grout, no resin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The glass is held dry by wedges and packers, so panels can be adjusted again later or taken out and replaced without cutting anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black rubber gasket closes the gap at the top of the channel, keeping out dirt and water and leaving a neat line either side of the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades in 21.52mm laminated glass: shopping centre and office mezzanines, atrium galleries, roof terraces and high-level balconies, hotel and stadium terraces, and stairs and landings in public buildings, all built on the adjustable aluminium channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne glass kit for a 5m run: rotating wedges, packers, setting blocks and rubber top gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne kit per 5m of frameless glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 38mm, from one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable aluminium balustrade channel, base fix or side fix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChannel, adjustment tool, glass, fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart counts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.02 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the kit by glass thickness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-3\"\u003eChannel glass kit, 12mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-4\"\u003eChannel glass kit, 13.52mm glass, 3m run\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-2\"\u003eChannel glass kit, 15mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-1\"\u003eChannel glass kit, 17.52mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide fix channel (fixes to the face of a slab or beam), 5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-side-fix\"\u003eAdjustable aluminium channel side fix, 5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase fix channel (fixes on top of the floor), 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-aluminium-channel-base-fix\"\u003eAdjustable aluminium channel base fix, 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSetting the bottom wedges and plumbing the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-adjustment-tool\"\u003eChannel adjustment tool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting the top wedges and the gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-balustrade-tool\"\u003eChannel fixing tool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two lengths of channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-connect-dowels-pack-of-2\"\u003eConnecting dowels, pack of 2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-corner\"\u003eExternal corner\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-internal-corner\"\u003einternal corner\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChannel ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-end-cap-left\"\u003eLeft end cap\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-end-cap-right\"\u003eright end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne kit for every 5m of glass, rounded up. A 7m run takes two kits; three sides of a 4m square balcony (12m) take three. Order the kit to match your glass thickness exactly, as the packers are sized to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the glass: this kit is for 21.52mm laminated. For 17.52mm laminated use the 17.52mm kit, and for 15mm, 13.52mm or 12mm use the kit for that size. Your designer or Building Control will set the glass thickness for the loading and height of your barrier; frameless barriers without a handrail commonly use laminated glass so the panel stays in place if one ply breaks. Choose side fix channel to keep the floor clear, or base fix to sit on top of the slab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the channel level and straight first. Set the setting blocks in the channel with the \"glass side\" marks facing the glass, lower the glass onto them, then fit the packers on one side and the rotating wedges on the other. Laminated panels are heavy, so use glass lifters and enough people. Turn each wedge with the adjustment tool until the panel is plumb and the tops line up, then press the rubber gasket into the gap along both sides. Check the run again after a few days. Clean the glass and gasket with warm soapy water; keep the channel drain points clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One kit does a 5m run of 21.52mm glass. The channel is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust the glass later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wedges stay accessible from the top of the channel, so panels can be re-plumbed or removed without breaking anything out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need the adjustment tool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, to set and turn the wedges. It is sold separately as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-adjustment-tool\"\u003echannel adjustment tool\u003c\/a\u003e; the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-balustrade-tool\"\u003echannel fixing tool\u003c\/a\u003e seats the top wedges and fits the gasket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it work with 17.52mm or 20mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The packers are sized for 21.52mm. Each glass thickness has its own kit, so measure the glass before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will list every part and confirm delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57986229797251,"sku":"SSHF-574659-01","price":150.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-channel-glass-kit-21-52mm-shopping-centre-mezzanine.jpg?v=1794079925"},{"product_id":"adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-2","title":"Adjustable Aluminium Channel Glass Kit for 15mm Glass, 5m Run, Rotating Wedge System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis kit holds 15mm toughened glass in the adjustable aluminium balustrade channel and lets you set every panel plumb from one side, after the glass is in.\u003c\/strong\u003e It covers a 5m run of channel and contains the rotating wedges, packers, setting blocks and black rubber top gasket, all sized for 15mm glass. Turning each wedge with the adjustment tool moves the glass through up to 38mm, so you can true up a run on an uneven slab without taking anything out. The price shown is for one kit, enough for 5m of glass. The channel and the adjustment tool are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-channel-glass-kit-15mm-section-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Section through the adjustable aluminium channel showing the 15mm toughened glass, packer, rotating wedge, setting block and rubber top gasket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a wedge kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for 15mm toughened glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e 15mm is a thicker single sheet of toughened glass, used where panels are taller or wider or a stiffer barrier is wanted without moving to laminated glass. The packers and setting blocks in this kit are sized for 15mm, so the glass is held tight with no rattle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust from one side.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a balcony edge or a roof terrace you often can only reach one face of the glass. The rotating wedge is set and turned from the inside, so nobody needs to work over the drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlumb glass on a real slab.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slabs and decks are never perfectly level, and a leaning panel shows along the whole run. 38mm of adjustment lets you bring each panel back to vertical and line up the top edges so the run looks straight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo grout, no resin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The glass is held dry by wedges and packers, so panels can be adjusted again later or taken out and replaced without cutting anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black rubber gasket closes the gap at the top of the channel, keeping out dirt and water and leaving a neat line either side of the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades in 15mm toughened glass: larger balconies and roof terraces, commercial decks, pool surrounds, shop and office mezzanines, and stairs and landings with tall panels, all built on the adjustable aluminium channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne glass kit for a 5m run: rotating wedges, packers, setting blocks and rubber top gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm toughened\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne kit per 5m of frameless glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 38mm, from one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable aluminium balustrade channel, base fix or side fix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChannel, adjustment tool, glass, fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart counts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the kit by glass thickness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-3\"\u003eChannel glass kit, 12mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-4\"\u003eChannel glass kit, 13.52mm glass, 3m run\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-1\"\u003eChannel glass kit, 17.52mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit\"\u003eChannel glass kit, 21.52mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide fix channel (fixes to the face of a slab or beam), 5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-side-fix\"\u003eAdjustable aluminium channel side fix, 5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase fix channel (fixes on top of the floor), 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-aluminium-channel-base-fix\"\u003eAdjustable aluminium channel base fix, 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSetting the bottom wedges and plumbing the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-adjustment-tool\"\u003eChannel adjustment tool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting the top wedges and the gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-balustrade-tool\"\u003eChannel fixing tool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two lengths of channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-connect-dowels-pack-of-2\"\u003eConnecting dowels, pack of 2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-corner\"\u003eExternal corner\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-internal-corner\"\u003einternal corner\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChannel ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-end-cap-left\"\u003eLeft end cap\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-end-cap-right\"\u003eright end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne kit for every 5m of glass, rounded up. A 7m run takes two kits; three sides of a 4m square balcony (12m) take three. For shorter runs there is also a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-6\"\u003e3m kit for 15mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e. Order the kit to match your glass thickness exactly, as the packers are sized to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the glass: this kit is for 15mm toughened. For 12mm toughened, or 13.52mm, 17.52mm or 21.52mm laminated, use the kit for that size. Your designer or Building Control will set the glass thickness for the loading and height of your barrier; frameless barriers without a handrail commonly use laminated glass so the panel stays in place if one ply breaks. Choose side fix channel to keep the floor clear, or base fix to sit on top of the slab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the channel level and straight first. Set the setting blocks in the channel with the \"glass side\" marks facing the glass, lower the glass onto them, then fit the packers on one side and the rotating wedges on the other. Glass panels are heavy, so use glass lifters and enough people. Turn each wedge with the adjustment tool until the panel is plumb and the tops line up, then press the rubber gasket into the gap along both sides. Check the run again after a few days. Clean the glass and gasket with warm soapy water; keep the channel drain points clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One kit does a 5m run of 15mm glass. The channel is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust the glass later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wedges stay accessible from the top of the channel, so panels can be re-plumbed or removed without breaking anything out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need the adjustment tool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, to set and turn the wedges. It is sold separately as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-adjustment-tool\"\u003echannel adjustment tool\u003c\/a\u003e; the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-balustrade-tool\"\u003echannel fixing tool\u003c\/a\u003e seats the top wedges and fits the gasket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it work with 13.52mm or 17.52mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The packers are sized for 15mm. Each glass thickness has its own kit, so measure the glass before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will list every part and confirm delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57986203353475,"sku":"SSHF-902339-01","price":150.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-channel-glass-kit-15mm-finished-balustrade.jpg?v=1794013983"},{"product_id":"adjustable-aluminium-channel-side-fix","title":"Adjustable Aluminium Glass Channel, Side Fix, 5000mm, for 12-21.52mm Frameless Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis adjustable aluminium channel fixes to the face of a balcony or terrace slab edge and holds a frameless glass balustrade with no posts and no top rail, so the glass rises clean out of the edge and none of the floor is lost to the fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is an extruded aluminium U channel in a satin finish, 127mm tall and 65mm wide, in a 5000mm length. It takes glass from 12mm to 21.52mm, and a rotating wedge glass kit inside the channel lets you plumb each panel from one side by up to 38mm. Round cover caps close the fixing holes on the outer face. The price shown is for one 5 metre length of channel; the glass kit is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-side-fix-5000mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Section drawing of the adjustable aluminium side fix glass channel, 127 x 65mm, bolted to the face of a slab edge\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a side fix channel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the whole floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e A base fix channel sits on top of the slab and takes up a strip of the deck. The side fix channel bolts to the vertical face of the slab edge instead, so the paving or decking runs right up to the glass and the full width of the balcony is usable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust from one side.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slabs are rarely true. The rotating wedge glass kit lets you push each panel plumb by up to 38mm, working from the inside of the balcony, with no packers and no need to reach the outside of the glass once the channel is fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne channel, many glass sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same channel takes 12mm toughened glass up to 21.52mm laminated glass. You choose the glass kit to suit the glass, so one profile covers a whole range of designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat, continuous finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e With no posts, the glass reads as one sheet along the edge. From outside you see a straight satin band with round cover caps over the fixings, a clean finish that suits modern flats, houses and offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight, strong and rustproof.\u003c\/strong\u003e Extruded aluminium does not rust, and at about 30.5kg for 5 metres it is far easier to lift and fix than a steel section of the same length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuliet and walk-out balconies on new-build flats, roof terraces, raised decks and patios, mezzanine and atrium edges, and the open sides of stairs and landings where the glass is fixed to the face of a concrete slab or a steel edge beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 5000mm length of side fix channel with hole cover caps. Glass kit, end caps and fixings not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127mm tall x 65mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000mm, cut to suit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo the face of the slab edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm to 21.52mm, with the matching glass kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 38mm, from one side, with the rotating wedge glass kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtruded aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30.5 kg per 5m length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe adjustable channel system\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide fix channel, 5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChannel, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-aluminium-channel-for-glass\"\u003eAdjustable aluminium channel for glass, 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass kit, by glass thickness (5m run)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-3\"\u003e12mm\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-4\"\u003e13.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-2\"\u003e15mm\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-1\"\u003e17.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit\"\u003e21.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen ends of the channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-end-cap-right\"\u003eRight end cap\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-end-cap-left\"\u003eleft end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-corner\"\u003eExternal corner\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-internal-corner\"\u003einternal corner\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two lengths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-connect-dowels-pack-of-2\"\u003eConnecting dowels, pack of 2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSetting the bottom wedges and plumbing the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-adjustment-tool\"\u003eChannel adjustment tool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting the top wedges and the gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-balustrade-tool\"\u003eChannel fixing tool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure each straight run along the slab edge and divide by 5m, rounding up; use the 3m channel to finish short runs with less waste. Join lengths in a straight run with connecting dowels, and turn corners with the external or internal corner pieces. Add a pair of end caps for each open end, and enough glass kit for the full length of glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the side fix channel when the glass must sit off the face of the slab and the floor must run right to the edge. Where the channel can sit on top of the deck, a base fix channel is simpler to set out. Order the glass kit for your actual glass thickness, from 12mm toughened up to 21.52mm laminated, and have the glass specified by your glass supplier or designer for the loads and barrier height on your job. The slab edge must be sound and deep enough to take the fixings: on a thin or hollow edge, ask an engineer before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out a level line along the slab edge, then drill and fix the channel to the face of the slab with fixings to suit the structure. Join lengths on dowels and fit the corners and end caps. Set the glass into the channel on the glass kit, then turn the wedges with the channel adjustment tool to plumb each panel, checking with a level as you go, and press the cover caps over the fixing holes. Wipe the satin finish with warm soapy water; near the sea, rinse with fresh water every few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one 5m length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one 5000mm length of side fix channel. The glass kit, end caps, corners and fixings are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich glass can it take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlass from 12mm up to 21.52mm, using the glass kit for your thickness. Your glass supplier or designer should specify the glass for the barrier loads on your job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust the glass after it is in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The rotating wedge kit lets you plumb each panel by up to 38mm from one side, using the channel adjustment tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut it with a fine-tooth saw blade for aluminium and deburr the cut end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 5 metre length travels on a long pallet, so we confirm the delivery cost for your postcode before dispatch. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk with your run lengths and glass thickness and we will check every part and the delivery with you before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57986189066627,"sku":"SSHF-066179-01","price":948.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-side-fix-5000mm-balcony-slab-edge.jpg?v=1794073619"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp","title":"316 Stainless Large Square Glass Clamp for 48.3mm Tube, 17.52-21.52mm Laminated Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis large square clamp holds the thickest laminated glass, 17.52mm to 21.52mm, to the side of a heavy 48.3mm round stainless post, in marine grade stainless steel for heavy-duty glass balustrades indoors and out.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 316 stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, 70 x 60 x 45mm, with a back curved to suit 48.3mm tube, rubber pads for 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm glass and an optional glass support pin. Two countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-large-square-glass-clamp-48-3mm-17-52-21-52mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 large square glass clamp for 48.3mm tube, 70 x 60 x 45mm, for 17.52 to 21.52mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for laminated glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Laminated glass is two plies of glass bonded with an interlayer, so it stays in one piece if it breaks. The heaviest panels, made from two 8mm or two 10mm plies, come out at 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm, far too thick for a standard clamp. This clamp has the deepest slot in the range and three sets of rubbers to suit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe biggest body in the range.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 70 x 60 x 45mm, it is a large, solid clamp with plenty of rubber contact on each face of the glass, sized for the weight of the thickest laminated panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrade 316 for outdoor and coastal work.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless resists sea air, pool water and de-icing salt far better than 304, so it suits roof terraces, balconies and pool surrounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the heavier post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 48.3mm, the larger post size often chosen for heavy laminated glass and crowd-loaded balustrades, so the clamp sits tight on the tube with no rocking and the glass stays straight from post to post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional glass support pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A support pin is supplied in the box for glass drilled to suit, giving the panel a positive location inside the clamp. Without it, the clamp grips the glass on its rubber pads alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy laminated glass balustrades on 48.3mm round stainless posts: shopping centre and atrium edges, stadiums and grandstands, transport hubs, schools and public buildings where crowd loads call for 17.52mm to 21.52mm glass, and tall wind screens on high-level terraces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two closing screws, rubber pads for 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm glass, glass support pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 x 60 x 45mm, square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm round tube (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.52mm, 20.76mm or 21.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, optional (needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.40 kg as published by the maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 48.3mm post, 17.52-21.52mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 42.4mm post, 17.52-21.52mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp-1\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 17.52-21.52mm glass, 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 42.4mm post, 12.76-16.76mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp-2\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 12.76-16.76mm glass, 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRounded D shape, 48.3mm post, 8-12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm-2\"\u003e316 D clamp 63 x 45mm for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. Laminated panels are heavy, so tall or wide panels often need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12 clamps, or 18 with three per side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the actual glass: this clamp suits 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm laminated glass. On 42.4mm posts, use the 42.4mm version. For 8mm to 12mm toughened glass, use a standard square or D clamp. Measure across the post: 48.3mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/2\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on other sizes. If you want the support pin, order the glass with holes drilled before toughening and laminating, matched to the pin position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. Set the glass on packers, fit the support pin if used, offer up the front half and tighten the two countersunk screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use laminated safety glass to your designer's specification. Wipe with warm soapy water; on the coast or by a pool, a fresh-water rinse every few weeks keeps the satin finish bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, three sets of rubber pads and the support pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it hold 16.76mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. 16.76mm glass is too thin for a firm grip in this clamp. It takes 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm laminated glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it fit 42.4mm posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is curved for 48.3mm tube. Use the 42.4mm version of this clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Grade 316 is the right choice outdoors, near the sea and round pools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57972621017475,"sku":"SSHF-279427-01","price":51.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-large-square-glass-clamp-48-3mm-17-52-21-52mm-stadium.jpg?v=1794073128"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp-1","title":"316 Stainless Large Square Glass Clamp for 42.4mm Tube, 17.52-21.52mm Laminated Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis large square clamp holds the thickest laminated glass, 17.52mm to 21.52mm, to the side of a 42.4mm round stainless post, in marine grade stainless steel for heavy-duty glass balustrades indoors and out.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 316 stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, 70 x 60 x 45mm, with a back curved to suit 42.4mm tube, rubber pads for 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm glass and an optional glass support pin. Two countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-large-square-glass-clamp-42-4mm-17-52-21-52mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 large square glass clamp for 42.4mm tube, 70 x 60 x 45mm, for 17.52 to 21.52mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for laminated glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Laminated glass is two plies of glass bonded with an interlayer, so it stays in one piece if it breaks. The heaviest panels, made from two 8mm or two 10mm plies, come out at 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm, far too thick for a standard clamp. This clamp has the deepest slot in the range and three sets of rubbers to suit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe biggest body in the range.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 70 x 60 x 45mm, it is a large, solid clamp with plenty of rubber contact on each face of the glass, sized for the weight of the thickest laminated panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrade 316 for outdoor and coastal work.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless resists sea air, pool water and de-icing salt far better than 304, so it suits roof terraces, balconies and pool surrounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 42.4mm, so the clamp sits tight on the tube with no rocking, and the glass stays straight from post to post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional glass support pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A support pin is supplied in the box for glass drilled to suit, giving the panel a positive location inside the clamp. Without it, the clamp grips the glass on its rubber pads alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy laminated glass balustrades on round stainless posts: shopping centre and atrium edges, stadiums and grandstands, transport hubs, schools and public buildings where crowd loads call for 17.52mm to 21.52mm glass, and tall wind screens on high-level terraces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two closing screws, rubber pads for 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm glass, glass support pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 x 60 x 45mm, square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round tube (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.52mm, 20.76mm or 21.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, optional (needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.40 kg as published by the maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 42.4mm post, 17.52-21.52mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 42.4mm post, 12.76-16.76mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp-2\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 12.76-16.76mm glass, 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 48.3mm post, 17.52-21.52mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 17.52-21.52mm glass, 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard square, 42.4mm post, 8-12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-type-glass-clamp-55mm\"\u003e316 square clamp 55 x 55mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRounded D shape, 42.4mm post, 8-12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 D clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. Laminated panels are heavy, so tall or wide panels often need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12 clamps, or 18 with three per side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the actual glass: this clamp suits 17.52mm, 20.76mm and 21.52mm laminated glass. For 12.76mm to 16.76mm glass, use the smaller large square clamp. On 48.3mm posts, use the 48.3mm version. For 8mm to 12mm toughened glass, use a standard square or D clamp. Measure across the post: 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/4\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on other sizes. If you want the support pin, order the glass with holes drilled before toughening and laminating, matched to the pin position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. Set the glass on packers, fit the support pin if used, offer up the front half and tighten the two countersunk screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use laminated safety glass to your designer's specification. Wipe with warm soapy water; on the coast or by a pool, a fresh-water rinse every few weeks keeps the satin finish bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, three sets of rubber pads and the support pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it hold 16.76mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. 16.76mm glass is too thin for a firm grip in this clamp. Use the 316 large square clamp for 12.76mm to 16.76mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it fit 48.3mm posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is curved for 42.4mm tube. Use the 48.3mm version of this clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Grade 316 is the right choice outdoors, near the sea and round pools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57972466581891,"sku":"SSHF-443267-01","price":51.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-large-square-glass-clamp-42-4mm-17-52-21-52mm-roof-terrace.jpg?v=1794072835"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp-2","title":"316 Stainless Large Square Glass Clamp for 42.4mm Tube, 12.76-16.76mm Laminated Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis large square clamp holds thick laminated glass, 12.76mm to 16.76mm, to the side of a 42.4mm round stainless post, in marine grade stainless steel for heavy-duty glass balustrades indoors and out.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 316 stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, 65 x 55 x 36mm, with a back curved to suit 42.4mm tube, rubber pads for 12.76mm, 13.52mm and 16.76mm glass and an optional glass support pin. Two countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-large-square-glass-clamp-42-4mm-12-76-16-76mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 large square glass clamp for 42.4mm tube, 65 x 55 x 36mm, for 12.76 to 16.76mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for laminated glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Laminated glass is two plies of glass bonded with an interlayer, so it stays in one piece if it breaks. It is thicker than standard toughened glass: 12.76mm, 13.52mm and 16.76mm are common sizes, and a standard 8-12mm clamp will not close on it. This clamp has a deeper slot and three sets of rubbers to suit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bigger body for heavier panels.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 65 x 55 x 36mm and about 0.40kg, it is a large, solid clamp with plenty of rubber contact on each face of the glass, sized for the extra weight of laminated panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrade 316 for outdoor and coastal work.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless resists sea air, pool water and de-icing salt far better than 304, so it suits roof terraces, balconies and pool surrounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 42.4mm, so the clamp sits tight on the tube with no rocking, and the glass stays straight from post to post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional glass support pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A support pin is supplied in the box for glass drilled to suit, giving the panel a positive location inside the clamp. Without it, the clamp grips the glass on its rubber pads alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaminated glass balustrades on round stainless posts: offices, shopping centres, atriums and public buildings where laminated glass is specified; high-level balconies and roof terraces; pool surrounds; and stair and landing balustrades with thick glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two closing screws, rubber pads for 12.76mm, 13.52mm and 16.76mm glass, glass support pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 x 55 x 36mm, square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round tube (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.76mm, 13.52mm or 16.76mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, optional (needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 42.4mm post, 12.76-16.76mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 48.3mm post, 12.76-16.76mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-large-square-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 12.76-16.76mm glass, 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 42.4mm post, 17.52-21.52mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp-1\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 17.52-21.52mm glass, 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 48.3mm post, 17.52-21.52mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 17.52-21.52mm glass, 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard square, 42.4mm post, 8-12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-type-glass-clamp-55mm\"\u003e316 square clamp 55 x 55mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRounded D shape, 42.4mm post, 8-12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 D clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. Laminated panels are heavy, so tall or wide panels often need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12 clamps, or 18 with three per side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the actual glass: this clamp suits 12.76mm, 13.52mm and 16.76mm laminated glass. For 17.52mm to 21.52mm glass, use the larger-slot clamp. For 8mm to 12mm toughened glass, use a standard square or D clamp. Measure across the post: 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/4\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on other sizes. If you want the support pin, order the glass with holes drilled before toughening and laminating, matched to the pin position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. Set the glass on packers, fit the support pin if used, offer up the front half and tighten the two countersunk screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use laminated safety glass to your designer's specification. Wipe with warm soapy water; on the coast or by a pool, a fresh-water rinse every few weeks keeps the satin finish bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, three sets of rubber pads and the support pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it hold 12mm toughened glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for laminated glass from 12.76mm. For 8mm to 12mm toughened glass, choose a standard 316 square or D clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it hold 17.52mm or 21.52mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use the 316 large square clamp for 17.52mm to 21.52mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Grade 316 is the right choice outdoors, near the sea and round pools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57972357267843,"sku":"SSHF-508803-01","price":31.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-large-square-glass-clamp-42-4mm-12-76-16-76mm-office-atrium.jpg?v=1794072549"},{"product_id":"premium-large-square-glass-clamp","title":"316 Stainless Large Square Glass Clamp for 48.3mm Tube, 12.76-16.76mm Laminated Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis large square clamp holds thick laminated glass, 12.76mm to 16.76mm, to the side of a 48.3mm round stainless post, in marine grade stainless steel for heavy-duty glass balustrades indoors and out.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 316 stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, 65 x 55 x 36mm, with a back curved to suit 48.3mm tube, rubber pads for 12.76mm, 13.52mm and 16.76mm glass and an optional glass support pin. Two countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-large-square-glass-clamp-48-3mm-12-76-16-76mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 large square glass clamp for 48.3mm tube, 65 x 55 x 36mm, for 12.76 to 16.76mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for laminated glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Laminated glass is two plies of glass bonded with an interlayer, so it stays in one piece if it breaks. It is thicker than standard toughened glass: 12.76mm, 13.52mm and 16.76mm are common sizes, and a standard 8-12mm clamp will not close on it. This clamp has a deeper slot and three sets of rubbers to suit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bigger body for heavier panels.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 65 x 55 x 36mm and about 0.40kg, it is a large, solid clamp with plenty of rubber contact on each face of the glass, sized for the extra weight of laminated panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrade 316 for outdoor and coastal work.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless resists sea air, pool water and de-icing salt far better than 304, so it suits roof terraces, balconies and pool surrounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 48.3mm, the heavier post size used on commercial and public balustrades, so the clamp sits tight on the tube with no rocking and the glass stays straight from post to post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional glass support pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A support pin is supplied in the box for glass drilled to suit, giving the panel a positive location inside the clamp. Without it, the clamp grips the glass on its rubber pads alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaminated glass balustrades on round stainless posts: offices, shopping centres, atriums and public buildings where laminated glass is specified; high-level balconies and roof terraces; pool surrounds; and stair and landing balustrades with thick glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two closing screws, rubber pads for 12.76mm, 13.52mm and 16.76mm glass, glass support pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 x 55 x 36mm, square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm round tube (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.76mm, 13.52mm or 16.76mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, optional (needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 48.3mm post, 12.76-16.76mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 42.4mm post, 12.76-16.76mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp-2\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 12.76-16.76mm glass, 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 48.3mm post, 17.52-21.52mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 17.52-21.52mm glass, 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge square, 42.4mm post, 17.52-21.52mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-square-glass-clamp-1\"\u003e316 large square clamp for 17.52-21.52mm glass, 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard square, 48.3mm post, 8-12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-glass-clamp-45x45x27mm\"\u003e316 square clamp for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRounded D shape, 48.3mm post, 8-12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm-2\"\u003e316 D clamp 63 x 45mm for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. Laminated panels are heavy, so tall or wide panels often need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12 clamps, or 18 with three per side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the actual glass: this clamp suits 12.76mm, 13.52mm and 16.76mm laminated glass. For 17.52mm to 21.52mm glass, use the larger-slot clamp. For 8mm to 12mm toughened glass, use a standard square or D clamp. Measure across the post: 48.3mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/2\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on other sizes; for 42.4mm posts, choose the 42.4mm version. If you want the support pin, order the glass with holes drilled before toughening and laminating, matched to the pin position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. Set the glass on packers, fit the support pin if used, offer up the front half and tighten the two countersunk screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use laminated safety glass to your designer's specification. Wipe with warm soapy water; on the coast or by a pool, a fresh-water rinse every few weeks keeps the satin finish bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, three sets of rubber pads and the support pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it hold 12mm toughened glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for laminated glass from 12.76mm. For 8mm to 12mm toughened glass, choose a standard 316 square or D clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it hold 17.52mm or 21.52mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use the 316 large square clamp for 17.52mm to 21.52mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Grade 316 is the right choice outdoors, near the sea and round pools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57972245594499,"sku":"SSHF-574339-01","price":31.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-large-square-glass-clamp-48-3mm-12-76-16-76mm-seafront-balcony.jpg?v=1794079639"},{"product_id":"slotted-tube-rubber-gasket-for-19mm-glass","title":"Rubber Gasket for 42.4mm Slotted Handrail Tube, 19mm Glass, 3m","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis rubber gasket lines the slot of a 42.4mm slotted handrail tube and grips the top edge of 19mm glass, so the rail sits firmly on a heavy frameless glass balustrade with no rattle and no metal touching the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a black ribbed rubber strip with a U-shaped profile, supplied in a 3 metre length to match one length of tube. You push it up into the slot, then press the rail down onto the glass. The price shown is for one 3m length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/slotted-tube-rubber-gasket-19mm-glass-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"End view of 42.4mm slotted tube with the rubber gasket highlighted in the slot, gripping the top edge of 19mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the right gasket matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA tight grip on the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The slot in the tube is wider than the glass. The gasket takes up the gap, so the rail cannot slide, lift or rattle, and the glass is held straight along its top edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo metal against the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Toughened glass must not touch steel. The rubber cushions the glass edge inside the tube and takes up small movements from people leaning on the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized to 19mm glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e This gasket is for 19mm toughened glass. Glass this thick is used for tall or wide panels that stand on their own between posts or in a base channel, for exposed seafront and high-level balustrades, and where the balustrade must take crowd loads, as in stadiums, shopping centres and public buildings. For thinner or thicker glass, choose the matching gasket from the table below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies heavy panels together.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 19mm panel is heavy and stiff. The rail and gasket link the top edges of neighbouring panels, so they share load and stay in line, and the rail stays in place if one panel is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat line.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fitted, it shows only as a thin black line on each face of the glass just under the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades with a 42.4mm slotted top rail and 19mm glass: seafront promenades, hotel and shopping centre atriums, stadium and grandstand fronts, rooftop terraces, and tall balcony and wind screens, indoors and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 3 metre length of rubber gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm slotted handrail tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU shape with ribbed faces and hollow chambers; exact dimensions not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack rubber; compound not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.1 kg per length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the gasket by glass thickness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGasket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm to 11mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slotted-tube-rubber-gasket-for-glass\"\u003eGasket for 8-11mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5mm to 13.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-rubber-gasket-for-slotted-tube-1\"\u003eGasket for 11.5-13.5mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm to 17.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rubber-gaskets-for-slotted-tube\"\u003eGasket for 15-17.5mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm to 21.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-rubber-gasket-for-slotted-tube\"\u003eGasket for 20-21.52mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe rest of the slotted tube system\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe slotted tube itself, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-slotted-tube-42-4mm-x-1-5mm\"\u003e316 slotted tube 42.4 x 1.5mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoin two lengths of tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-connector-for-slotted-tube\"\u003eSlotted tube connector\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube end at a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-slotted-tube\"\u003eSlotted tube wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube onto a post top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tube-saddle-42-4mm\"\u003eSlotted tube saddle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-acute-horizontal-elbow-42-4mm\"\u003e316 horizontal elbow 90°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStair to landing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-elbow-for-slotted-tube\"\u003e316 adjustable elbow 25-55°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 3m length for each 3m of rail. Add up the length of rail that sits on glass and round up to the next 3m. Where the rail passes over a post on a saddle, there is no glass, so no gasket is needed there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the actual glass, not the nominal size: laminated glass is often a little thicker than its name. This gasket suits 19mm toughened glass. 17.5mm laminated needs the 15-17.5mm gasket, and 20mm or 21.5mm laminated needs the 20-21.52mm gasket. If your glass measures between sizes, ask us before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the gasket to the length of the tube with a sharp knife. Push it up into the slot, starting at one end and working along, so it sits evenly. Set the rail over the glass and press it down until the glass is fully home in the gasket; thick glass grips firmly, so use a rubber mallet and a block of wood, working along the run. Clean with warm soapy water; do not use solvents on the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a 3 metre length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one 3m length of gasket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it one length or a pack of two?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne 3 metre length. Order as many lengths as your rail needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 17.5mm laminated glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. 17.5mm glass is too thin for a firm grip in this gasket. Use the gasket for 15mm to 17.5mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 21.5mm laminated glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use the gasket for 20mm to 21.52mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut it to length with a sharp knife to match the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is used on outdoor balcony and terrace balustrades inside a stainless rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full slotted tube balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971921289603,"sku":"SSHF-784451-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/slotted-tube-rubber-gasket-19mm-glass-seafront-rail-end.jpg?v=1794068058"},{"product_id":"premium-rubber-gasket-for-slotted-tube","title":"Rubber Gasket for 42.4mm Slotted Handrail Tube, 20-21.52mm Glass, 3m","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis rubber gasket lines the slot of a 42.4mm slotted handrail tube and grips the top edge of 20mm to 21.52mm laminated glass, so the rail sits firmly on a heavy frameless glass balustrade with no rattle and no metal touching the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a black ribbed rubber strip with a U-shaped profile, supplied in a 3 metre length to match one length of tube. You push it up into the slot, then press the rail down onto the glass. The price shown is for one 3m length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/slotted-tube-rubber-gasket-20-21-52mm-glass-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"End view of 42.4mm slotted tube with the rubber gasket highlighted in the slot, gripping the top edge of 20 to 21.52mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the right gasket matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA tight grip on the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The slot in the tube is wider than the glass. The gasket takes up the gap, so the rail cannot slide, lift or rattle, and the glass is held straight along its top edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo metal against the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Toughened glass must not touch steel. The rubber cushions the glass edge inside the tube and takes up small movements from people leaning on the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized to the thickest glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e This gasket is for glass 20mm to 21.52mm thick, which covers 21.5mm laminated glass made from two 10mm toughened plies, the thickest glass in our slotted tube range. It is used where the balustrade must take the heaviest crowd loads or stand very high, as on stadium and grandstand fronts, station footbridges, and high-level public walkways. For thinner glass, choose the matching gasket from the table below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLaminated glass held safely.\u003c\/strong\u003e Laminated glass stays in one piece if a ply breaks. The gasket grips both faces evenly along the top edge, and the rail links neighbouring panels, so they share load and stay in line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat line.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fitted, it shows only as a thin black line on each face of the glass just under the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades with a 42.4mm slotted top rail and 21.5mm laminated glass: stadium and grandstand fronts, railway station footbridges and concourses, shopping centre voids, high-level walkways and public viewing platforms, indoors and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 3 metre length of rubber gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm slotted handrail tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm to 21.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU shape with ribbed faces and hollow chambers; exact dimensions not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack rubber; compound not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.1 kg per length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the gasket by glass thickness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGasket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm to 11mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slotted-tube-rubber-gasket-for-glass\"\u003eGasket for 8-11mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5mm to 13.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-rubber-gasket-for-slotted-tube-1\"\u003eGasket for 11.5-13.5mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm to 17.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rubber-gaskets-for-slotted-tube\"\u003eGasket for 15-17.5mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slotted-tube-rubber-gasket-for-19mm-glass\"\u003eGasket for 19mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm to 21.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe rest of the slotted tube system\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe slotted tube itself, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-slotted-tube-42-4mm-x-1-5mm\"\u003e316 slotted tube 42.4 x 1.5mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoin two lengths of tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-connector-for-slotted-tube\"\u003eSlotted tube connector\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube end at a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-slotted-tube\"\u003eSlotted tube wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube onto a post top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-tube-saddle-42-4mm\"\u003eSlotted tube saddle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-acute-horizontal-elbow-42-4mm\"\u003e316 horizontal elbow 90°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStair to landing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-elbow-for-slotted-tube\"\u003e316 adjustable elbow 25-55°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 3m length for each 3m of rail. Add up the length of rail that sits on glass and round up to the next 3m. Where the rail passes over a post on a saddle, there is no glass, so no gasket is needed there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the actual glass, not the nominal size: laminated glass is often a little thicker than its name. This gasket suits 20mm to 21.52mm glass, which in practice means 21.5mm laminated. 19mm toughened glass needs the 19mm gasket. Glass thicker than 21.52mm will not fit a 42.4mm slotted tube. If your glass measures between sizes, ask us before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the gasket to the length of the tube with a sharp knife. Push it up into the slot, starting at one end and working along, so it sits evenly. Set the rail over the glass and press it down until the glass is fully home in the gasket; thick glass grips firmly, so use a rubber mallet and a block of wood, working along the run. Clean with warm soapy water; do not use solvents on the rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a 3 metre length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one 3m length of gasket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it one length or a kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne 3 metre length of gasket. Order as many lengths as your rail needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 21.5mm laminated glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. 21.52mm is the top of this gasket's range, so it suits 21.5mm laminated glass made from two 10mm plies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 19mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. 19mm glass is too thin for a firm grip in this gasket. Use the gasket for 19mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut it to length with a sharp knife to match the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is used on outdoor balcony and terrace balustrades inside a stainless rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full slotted tube balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971818791299,"sku":"SSHF-882755-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/slotted-tube-rubber-gasket-20-21-52mm-glass-stadium-rail-end.jpg?v=1794068542"},{"product_id":"premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-end-cap-42-4mm","title":"Black Aluminium End Cap for 42.4mm Slotted Tube, Powder Coated, Push-In","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black end cap closes the free end of a 42.4mm black aluminium slotted tube, so a glass balustrade handrail that stops short of a wall finishes cleanly with no open tube end or sharp edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is aluminium, powder coated black with a fine textured finish to match the black tube, a round cap 42mm across with a flat bottom edge, 8mm thick, with push-in lugs on the back that grip inside the tube. The flat edge lines up with the channel under the rail, so the cap sits flush above the glass. The price shown is for one end cap, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-aluminium-end-cap-42-4mm-slotted-tube-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube run with the black end cap highlighted at the free end\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fit an end cap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA safe, finished end.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cut tube end is sharp and open, and catches hands and clothing at the bottom of a stair or the end of a run. The cap closes it with a smooth rounded face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cap follows the round top and flat underside of our aluminium slotted tube, with the flat edge sitting over the glass channel, so there is no step or gap round the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePush in, no screws.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lugs on the back push into the tube and grip the inside of the profile. There is nothing to drill and no screw heads on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the tube clean.\u003c\/strong\u003e An open end lets in rain, leaves and dirt. The cap keeps the channel and gasket clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same black powder coat as our black aluminium tube and black wall holder, so the whole rail reads as one clean black line against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe free ends of black aluminium slotted handrails on glass balustrades: the bottom of a stair, the open end of a balcony or terrace run, a gap left for a gate or steps, and the ends of short glass screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne end cap. Minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm aluminium slotted tube, 1.5mm wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 x 37mm face, 8mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound with a flat bottom edge to match the tube profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush-in lugs; a dab of adhesive can be added for a permanent fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black, fine texture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe aluminium slotted tube range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree end of the tube, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis end cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe black aluminium tube, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eBlack aluminium slotted tube 42.4mm, 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube end at a wall, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-holder-aluminium-tube\"\u003eBlack wall holder for 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin tube and fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eSatin tube\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-wall-holder-for-slotted-tube\"\u003esatin wall holder\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-end-cap-slotted-tube\"\u003esatin end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each free end of the rail. A run between two walls needs none, as both ends take a wall holder; a run from a wall to an open end needs one; a free-standing screen needs two. The minimum order of 5 covers several runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cap suits the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube only; it follows that profile and will not fit round tube or the stainless slotted tube. Choose this black cap for the black tube, or the satin end cap for the satin tube. Where the rail meets a wall, fit a wall holder instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the tube square and remove any burr. Line the flat edge of the cap up with the channel, then press the cap in until it sits flush; a soft-faced mallet helps. For a permanent fit, add a small dab of a suitable adhesive to the lugs first. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents on the powder coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one end cap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one end cap. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It pushes into the tube end on its lugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is shaped for the aluminium slotted tube profile, with a flat bottom edge over the channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Aluminium does not rust, and the powder coat suits balconies, decks and terraces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it the same as the satin end cap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the same size and shape, powder coated black to match the black tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971743424899,"sku":"SSHF-308739-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-aluminium-end-cap-42-4mm-slotted-tube-balcony.jpg?v=1794072205"},{"product_id":"wall-flange-holder-aluminium-tube","title":"Black Aluminium Wall Holder for 42.4mm Slotted Tube, Powder Coated, 50 x 30mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black wall holder fixes the end of a 42.4mm black aluminium slotted tube to a wall, so a frameless glass balustrade with a black top rail finishes neatly where it meets the building.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a two-part aluminium fitting, powder coated black with a fine textured finish, 50mm across and 30mm deep: a base disc screws flat to the wall, and a round cup slides over it and takes the end of the rail, locked by two small grub screws. The cup is cut away underneath so the glass runs right up to the wall. The price shown is for one wall holder, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-aluminium-wall-holder-42-4mm-slotted-tube-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube run with the black wall holder highlighted at the wall end\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this wall holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean finish at the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where an aluminium rail stops at a wall, the holder takes the cut end of the tube so no raw edge shows, and ties the rail firmly to the building.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix first, fit the rail after.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base disc goes on the wall on its own, through a slotted hole that lets you fine-tune the position. The cup then slides over the disc with the rail end in it, and two grub screws lock everything together. There is no need to hold the rail in place while you drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen underneath for the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cup has a cut-away along the bottom in line with the channel in the tube, so the glass and its gasket carry on right to the wall with no gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match.\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder coated black to match our black aluminium slotted tube and black end cap, for modern black balustrades with dark window frames, cladding and posts. A satin version suits the satin tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The coating is over aluminium, so a chip shows bare metal, not rust. Touch it in with black paint to keep the finish even.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades with a black aluminium slotted top rail on balconies, decks, terraces, stair landings and mezzanines, wherever the rail runs up to a wall or a column.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne wall holder: base disc, cup and grub screws. Wall screw and plug not supplied. Minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm aluminium slotted tube, 1.5mm wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50 x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase disc through a slotted hole to the wall; cup locked with two grub screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black, fine texture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe aluminium slotted tube range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube end at a wall, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis wall holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe black aluminium tube, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eBlack aluminium slotted tube, 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree end of the tube, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-end-cap-42-4mm\"\u003eBlack end cap for 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin tube and fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eSatin tube\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-wall-holder-for-slotted-tube\"\u003esatin wall holder\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-end-cap-slotted-tube\"\u003esatin end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless slotted tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-slotted-tube\"\u003eStainless wall flange for 42.4mm slotted tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each end of the rail that stops at a wall. A balustrade running between two walls takes two; a free end is finished with an end cap instead. The minimum order of 5 covers several runs or a small development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis holder suits the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube, black or satin; choose the finish to match your rail. For the 316 stainless slotted tube, use the stainless wall flange so the metals match. Choose a wall fixing to suit the wall: screws and plugs for masonry, or suitable anchors for hollow walls and render over insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the glass set and aligned, mark the rail height on the wall. Screw the base disc to the wall, using the slotted hole to line it up with the rail. Cut the tube to length, fit the gasket, slide the cup onto the tube end and lower the rail onto the glass, then push the cup over the base disc and tighten the two grub screws. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents on the powder coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one wall holder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete wall holder. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall screws included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a screw and plug to suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit the stainless slotted tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for the aluminium slotted tube. For stainless tube, use the stainless wall flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Aluminium does not rust, and the powder coat suits balconies, decks and terraces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it the same as the satin holder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the same size and design, powder coated black to match the black tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971699057027,"sku":"SSHF-374275-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-aluminium-wall-holder-42-4mm-slotted-tube-townhouse.jpg?v=1794071446"},{"product_id":"premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm","title":"Aluminium Slotted Tube 42.4mm x 1.5mm, 3m, Satin, Glass Balustrade Handrail","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis aluminium slotted tube is a 3 metre handrail that caps the top edge of a frameless glass balustrade, giving a smooth round rail to hold and tying the glass panels together along the top.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is an extruded aluminium profile in a satin finish, 42.4mm across with a 1.5mm wall, round on top with a channel built into the underside that takes the top edge of the glass on a rubber gasket. Aluminium is about a third of the weight of steel, so a full 3m length is easy for one person to handle and fit. The price shown is for one 3m length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-slotted-tube-42-4mm-3m-satin-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube capping frameless glass, with the wall holder and end cap\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an aluminium slotted tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA rail and a cap in one.\u003c\/strong\u003e The channel underneath sits over the top edge of the glass, so the tube both protects the glass edge and gives a continuous handrail. It links the panels along the top, so they move together and stay in line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium cuts cleanly with a fine-tooth saw or mitre saw, so the tube is easy to trim to length and mitre at corners on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWon't rust.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium forms its own protective oxide layer, so the rail does not rust on balconies, decks and terraces. Near the sea or on a pool deck, rinse it now and then with fresh water to keep the satin finish bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA lower-cost alternative to stainless.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where a 316 stainless rail is not needed, aluminium gives the same 42.4mm round look in a satin finish for much less, and it matches satin aluminium glass channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades on balconies, decks, terraces and garden steps; glass stair and landing balustrades in homes; and glass screens and mezzanine edges in offices, shops and cafés where a light, neat top rail is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 3 metre length of aluminium slotted tube. Gasket, end caps and wall holders not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000mm, cut to suit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound top with a channel built into the underside for the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line; ask us before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe aluminium slotted tube range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin aluminium tube, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack aluminium tube, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eBlack aluminium slotted tube, 3m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube end at a wall, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-wall-holder-for-slotted-tube\"\u003eAluminium wall holder for 42.4mm slotted tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree end of the tube, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-end-cap-slotted-tube\"\u003eAluminium end cap for 42.4mm slotted tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-holder-aluminium-tube\"\u003eBlack wall holder\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-end-cap-42-4mm\"\u003eblack end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoors near the sea, stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-slotted-tube-42-4mm-x-1-5mm\"\u003e316 stainless slotted tube 42.4 x 1.5mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the total length of rail along the top of the glass and divide by 3m, rounding up. Allow for offcuts at corners and ends. Add one wall holder for each end that meets a wall and one end cap for each free end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose satin to match satin aluminium and stainless fittings, or the black tube for black frames and channels. Aluminium suits most homes and gardens. For exposed coastal sites, pool surrounds and commercial jobs where a marine-grade finish is specified, choose the 316 stainless slotted tube instead. The gasket depends on your glass thickness and is not included: call or email us with your glass size and we will confirm the right gasket before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet and align the glass first. Cut the tube to length with a fine-tooth blade and remove any burr from the cut. Fit the gasket for your glass into the channel, then lower the tube onto the glass and press it down evenly along its length. Fit wall holders and end caps to finish the ends. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; do not use abrasive pads, which will mark the satin finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one 3m length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one 3 metre length of tube. Gaskets, end caps and wall holders are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut it to length with a fine-tooth saw blade suitable for aluminium and deburr the cut end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich gasket do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on your glass thickness. Tell us your glass size and we will confirm the gasket that fits this profile before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Aluminium does not rust and suits balconies, decks and terraces. Near the sea, rinse it with fresh water now and then, or choose the 316 stainless slotted tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. 3m lengths travel as long parcels; for a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971658817923,"sku":"SSHF-636419-01","price":67.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-slotted-tube-42-4mm-3m-satin-balcony-rail-end.jpg?v=1794070780"},{"product_id":"aluminium-end-cap-slotted-tube","title":"Aluminium End Cap for 42.4mm Slotted Tube, Satin, Push-In","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis aluminium end cap closes the free end of a 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube, so a glass balustrade handrail that stops short of a wall finishes cleanly with no open tube end or sharp edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is satin aluminium, a round cap 42mm across with a flat bottom edge, 8mm thick, with push-in lugs on the back that grip inside the tube. The flat edge lines up with the channel under the rail, so the cap sits flush above the glass. The price shown is for one end cap, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-end-cap-42-4mm-slotted-tube-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube run with the end cap highlighted at the free end\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fit an end cap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA safe, finished end.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cut tube end is sharp and open, and catches hands and clothing at the bottom of a stair or the end of a run. The cap closes it with a smooth rounded face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cap follows the round top and flat underside of our aluminium slotted tube, with the flat edge sitting over the glass channel, so there is no step or gap round the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePush in, no screws.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lugs on the back push into the tube and grip the inside of the profile. There is nothing to drill and no screw heads on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the tube clean.\u003c\/strong\u003e An open end lets in rain, leaves and dirt. The cap keeps the channel and gasket clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe free ends of aluminium slotted handrails on glass balustrades: the bottom of a stair, the open end of a balcony or terrace run, a gap left for a gate or steps, and the ends of short glass screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne end cap. Minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm aluminium slotted tube, 1.5mm wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 x 37mm face, 8mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound with a flat bottom edge to match the tube profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush-in lugs; a dab of adhesive can be added for a permanent fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe aluminium slotted tube range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree end of the tube, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis end cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe satin aluminium tube, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eAluminium slotted tube 42.4mm, 3m, satin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube end at a wall, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-wall-holder-for-slotted-tube\"\u003eAluminium wall holder for 42.4mm slotted tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack tube and fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eBlack tube\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-holder-aluminium-tube\"\u003eblack wall holder\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-end-cap-42-4mm\"\u003eblack end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each free end of the rail. A run between two walls needs none, as both ends take a wall holder; a run from a wall to an open end needs one; a free-standing screen needs two. The minimum order of 5 covers several runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cap suits the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube only; it follows that profile and will not fit round tube or the stainless slotted tube. Choose satin to match the satin tube, or the black end cap for the black tube. Where the rail meets a wall, fit a wall holder instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the tube square and remove any burr. Line the flat edge of the cap up with the channel, then press the cap in until it sits flush; a soft-faced mallet helps. For a permanent fit, add a small dab of a suitable adhesive to the lugs first. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one end cap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one end cap. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It pushes into the tube end on its lugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is shaped for the aluminium slotted tube profile, with a flat bottom edge over the channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Aluminium does not rust and suits balconies, decks and terraces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971635028355,"sku":"SSHF-701955-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-end-cap-42-4mm-slotted-tube-stair-end.jpg?v=1794071970"},{"product_id":"aluminium-wall-holder-for-slotted-tube","title":"Aluminium Wall Holder for 42.4mm Slotted Tube, Satin, 50 x 30mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis aluminium wall holder fixes the end of a 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube to a wall, so a frameless glass balustrade with an aluminium top rail finishes neatly where it meets the building.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a two-part satin aluminium fitting, 50mm across and 30mm deep: a base disc screws flat to the wall, and a round cup slides over it and takes the end of the rail, locked by two small grub screws. The cup is cut away underneath so the glass runs right up to the wall. The price shown is for one wall holder, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-wall-holder-42-4mm-slotted-tube-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube run with the wall holder highlighted at the wall end\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this wall holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean finish at the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where an aluminium rail stops at a wall, the holder takes the cut end of the tube so no raw edge shows, and ties the rail firmly to the building.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix first, fit the rail after.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base disc goes on the wall on its own, through a slotted hole that lets you fine-tune the position. The cup then slides over the disc with the rail end in it, and two grub screws lock everything together. There is no need to hold the rail in place while you drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen underneath for the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cup has a cut-away along the bottom in line with the channel in the tube, so the glass and its gasket carry on right to the wall with no gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatches the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin aluminium to match our satin aluminium slotted tube and end cap. A black version suits the black tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades with an aluminium slotted top rail on balconies, decks, terraces, stair landings and mezzanines, wherever the rail runs up to a wall or a column.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne wall holder: base disc, cup and grub screws. Wall screw and plug not supplied. Minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm aluminium slotted tube, 1.5mm wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50 x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase disc through a slotted hole to the wall; cup locked with two grub screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe aluminium slotted tube range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube end at a wall, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis wall holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe satin aluminium tube, 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eAluminium slotted tube 42.4mm, 3m, satin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree end of the tube, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-end-cap-slotted-tube\"\u003eAluminium end cap for 42.4mm slotted tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack tube and fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-slotted-tube-3000mm\"\u003eBlack tube\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-holder-aluminium-tube\"\u003eblack wall holder\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-slotted-tube-end-cap-42-4mm\"\u003eblack end cap\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless slotted tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-slotted-tube\"\u003eStainless wall flange for 42.4mm slotted tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each end of the rail that stops at a wall. A balustrade running between two walls takes two; a free end is finished with an end cap instead. The minimum order of 5 covers several runs or a small development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis holder suits the 42.4mm aluminium slotted tube. For the 316 stainless slotted tube, use the stainless wall flange so the metals match. Choose a wall fixing to suit the wall: screws and plugs for masonry, or suitable anchors for hollow walls and render over insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the glass set and aligned, mark the rail height on the wall. Screw the base disc to the wall, using the slotted hole to line it up with the rail. Cut the tube to length, fit the gasket, slide the cup onto the tube end and lower the rail onto the glass, then push the cup over the base disc and tighten the two grub screws. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one wall holder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete wall holder. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall screws included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a screw and plug to suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit the stainless slotted tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for the aluminium slotted tube. For stainless tube, use the stainless wall flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Aluminium does not rust and suits balconies, decks and terraces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971606159747,"sku":"SSHF-684995-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-wall-holder-42-4mm-slotted-tube-landing.jpg?v=1794071167"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-d-type-glass-clamp-1","title":"Black D Type Glass Clamp 50 x 40mm for Flat Post, 8-10mm Glass, Safety Pin","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black D type clamp holds an 8mm or 10mm glass panel to a square post, box section or wall, in a matt black finish that matches black-painted steelwork and modern black balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel, powder coated black, 50 x 40 x 26mm in the rounded D outline, with a flat back, rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass and an optional safety pin. Two black countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-type-glass-clamp-50x40-flat-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black D type glass clamp for flat posts, 50 x 40 x 26mm, for 8 or 10mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, ready to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp arrives powder coated, so it goes straight onto black posts with no painting on site. Black clamps on black posts all but disappear, leaving clear glass and a crisp outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is 304 stainless steel, so any chip in the coating shows bright steel, not rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat back for square posts and walls.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square and rectangular posts, box section, flat bar and walls need a flat-back clamp. It sits flush with no rocking, so the glass stays straight from post to post. A curved-back clamp would rock on a flat face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe compact D size.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 50 x 40mm this is the smaller D clamp, the usual choice for 8mm and 10mm glass on homes, offices and shops. It keeps the fixings discreet; for 12mm glass, choose the larger 63 x 45mm black D clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional safety pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pin is supplied for a drilled glass panel. It passes through a hole in the glass inside the clamp, so the panel cannot slide out even if the screws loosen. Without the pin, the clamp grips the glass edge on rubber alone and the glass needs no hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack glass balustrades with square posts on stairs, landings, balconies, terraces and raised floors; glass infill in black box-section frames; glass screens fixed to walls; and shop, café and office glass guards in modern black finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two black closing screws, rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass, safety pin. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 40 x 26mm, D shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat post, box section or wall (flat back)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm or 10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded (optional; needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 50 x 40mm, flat post or wall, 8-10mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 50 x 40mm, 42.4mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-d-type-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack D clamp 50 x 40mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 63 x 45mm, flat post or wall, up to 12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm\"\u003eBlack D clamp 63 x 45mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, flat post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-square-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack square clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBare stainless, outdoors or near the sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/d-type-glass-clamp-50x40x26mm\"\u003e316 D clamp 50 x 40mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoat to any other colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-flat-post\"\u003eZinc D clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12. A tall or wide panel may need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this flat-back clamp on any face at least 40mm wide. Check the glass is 8mm or 10mm; for 12mm glass use the black D clamp 63 x 45mm with a flat back. For round posts, choose the black D clamp curved for 42.4mm. For a colour other than black, choose the zinc clamp and powder coat it to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. If you use the safety pin, the glass must be drilled before toughening to line up with it. Set the glass on packers, offer up the front half and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use a hex key that fits snugly so the coating on the screw heads is not marked. Use toughened safety glass only. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, the rubber pads and the safety pin. The minimum order is 8, which holds two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it painted or solid black?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 304 stainless steel with a black powder coat, so the steel underneath will not rust if the coating is chipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to use the safety pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pin is optional and needs a hole drilled in the glass before it is toughened. Without it, the clamp grips the glass edge on its rubber pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is flat. For 42.4mm round posts use the black D clamp 50 x 40mm curved for 42.4mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on 12mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it takes 8mm or 10mm glass. For 12mm glass use the black D clamp 63 x 45mm with a flat back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57957919424899,"sku":"SSHF-170755-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-type-glass-clamp-50x40-flat-post-landing.jpg?v=1794070424"},{"product_id":"premium-toughened-glass-panel-1000mm-x-1024mm","title":"Toughened Glass Panel 1000 x 1024mm, 10mm Clear, Polished Edges, for Post and Clamp Balustrades","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a clear 10mm toughened safety glass panel, 1000 x 1024mm with edges polished all round, made to be held between stainless steel balustrade posts by glass clamps.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is the infill panel for a post and clamp glass balustrade on a terrace, deck, balcony, landing or stair, and suits the post kits and 10mm glass clamps on this site. Toughened glass is about four to five times stronger than ordinary glass of the same thickness and breaks into small blunt pieces rather than sharp shards. The panel weighs about 26.6kg. The price shown is for one panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/toughened-glass-panel-1000x1024x10mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the toughened glass panel, 1000 x 1024mm, 10mm thick with polished edges\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety glass for barriers.\u003c\/strong\u003e Toughening heats the glass and cools it fast, leaving the surfaces in compression. That makes it much stronger and, if it does break, it breaks into small granules, which is why toughened glass is used for balustrades and guarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolished edges all round.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every edge is ground and polished smooth and clear. In a post and clamp balustrade the side and top edges are on show, so a polished edge looks finished and is safe to touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a stock size, so there is no template, measure-up visit or wait for made-to-order glass. Plan your post spacing round the panel and the run goes together quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear views.\u003c\/strong\u003e 10mm clear glass keeps the view from a terrace, balcony or stair open while still forming a barrier, and needs only a wipe to keep it clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass balustrades with round stainless posts and clamps on garden terraces, decking and patios, balconies, landings and stairs, and as screens round pools and seating areas, in homes, hotels, pubs and offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne toughened glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 x 1024mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear toughened safety glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished all round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfill between stainless balustrade posts with glass clamps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this panel; clamps grip the glass edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 26.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther glass panels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm toughened, 1000 x 1024mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm toughened, 1000 x 900mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/toughened-glass-panel-1000mm-x-900mm\"\u003eToughened glass panel 1000 x 900mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5mm toughened laminated, 985 x 1005mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/toughened-laminated-glass-panel-985mm-x-1005mm\"\u003eLaminated glass panel 985 x 1005mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid post with clamps, 42.4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 stainless balustrade mid post 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid post kit, 42.4mm, grade 316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-kit-mid-post-42-4mm\"\u003e316 glass balustrade mid post kit for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid post kit, 48.3mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-kit\"\u003eGlass balustrade mid post kit for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra clamps, 48.3mm posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-glass-clamp-45x45x27mm\"\u003e316 square glass clamp for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra clamps, 42.4mm posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-type-glass-clamp-55mm\"\u003e316 square glass clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne panel for each gap between two posts. A run of three panels needs four posts: two end posts and two mid posts, with two clamps on each side of every post that holds glass. Allow a gap of about 20 to 40mm between the glass edge and each post, as set by your clamps, so measure post centres as the panel width plus the post and both gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this 1000 x 1024mm panel where you want a taller glass line, and the 1000 x 900mm panel for a lower barrier or under a handrail at a lower height. For barriers with no handrail, or where a falling panel could hurt someone below, your designer or Building Control may ask for laminated glass; choose the 11.5mm toughened laminated panel. Check the height your barrier must reach before ordering: posts and handrail make up the rest above the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the posts and the bottom clamps first, level and in line. Set the glass on the rubber pads of the bottom clamps with packers under it, fit the top clamps, check the panel is plumb and the gaps are even, then tighten the clamp screws evenly. Toughened glass cannot be cut, drilled or ground on site, and a knock on the edge can shatter it, so handle it upright on a padded surface and never stand it on a hard edge. Clean with warm soapy water or glass cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one panel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one 1000 x 1024mm panel, 10mm thick. Posts and clamps are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I cut it to size?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Toughened glass cannot be cut, drilled or ground after toughening. Plan your posts round the panel size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich clamps does it need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eClamps with rubber pads for 10mm glass. The square and D clamps on this site for 8 to 12mm glass suit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Toughened glass is used outdoors on terraces, decks and balconies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Glass is heavy and fragile, so for several panels or a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm delivery to your address before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57952135610755,"sku":"SSHF-212931-01","price":270.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/toughened-glass-panel-1000x1024x10mm-garden-terrace.jpg?v=1794080136"},{"product_id":"aluminium-glass-stiffener-satin-finish","title":"Aluminium Straight Glass Stiffener 86 x 38mm, Satin, for 12 to 21.52mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis straight stiffener caps the joint between two frameless glass panels standing in line, tying their top edges together so the run moves as one.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is satin aluminium, 86 x 38mm and 25mm deep, an H section with a rubber-lined slot for each panel and a centre web between them. Two grub screws lock it onto the glass. Rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass are included; rubbers for thicker glass are sold separately. The price shown is for one stiffener, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-straight-glass-stiffener-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the aluminium straight glass stiffener, 86 x 38mm, 25mm deep, for 12 to 21.52mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a straight stiffener\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels share the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a frameless balustrade each panel stands on its own in the base channel, and the free top edges can flex out of line when someone leans on one. A stiffener at each joint ties neighbouring panels together, so a push on one is shared with the next and the top edge stays straight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the clean look.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is small, low and satin aluminium, so the glass still reads as one clear run with no posts and no handrail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass never touches metal.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber lines both slots, protecting the edges of toughened and laminated glass, and the centre web keeps the panel ends apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne part, many glass thicknesses.\u003c\/strong\u003e Change the rubbers and the same stiffener fits glass from 12mm up to 21.52mm laminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight runs of frameless glass balustrade on terraces, roof gardens, balconies, decks, mezzanines and shopping centre galleries; glass screens round pools and seating areas; and glass guards in base channel or side-fix channel systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne straight stiffener with two grub screws and rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass. Minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight H section, joins two panels in line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 x 38mm, 25mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm to 21.52mm (rubbers for over 13.5mm sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrub screws clamp the rubber onto the glass. No drilling of the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich rubbers for your glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRubbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm, 12.76mm or 13.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm to 17.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-15-17-52mm\"\u003eStiffener rubbers 15 to 17.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e (2 pairs per stiffener)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm to 21.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-pair\"\u003eStiffener rubbers 19 to 21.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e (2 pairs per stiffener)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe stiffener range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoint between two panels in a straight run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis straight stiffener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-corner-glass-stiffener\"\u003eCorner glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhere the glass meets a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-end-glass-stiffener\"\u003eEnd glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each joint between panels in a straight run: a run of four panels has three joints and takes three. Add a corner stiffener at each 90° corner and an end stiffener where a run stops against a wall, if you want every panel tied in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your glass thickness first: laminated glass is usually 13.52mm, 17.52mm or 21.52mm, and toughened 12mm, 15mm or 19mm. Order two pairs of the matching rubbers per stiffener if your glass is over 13.5mm. Keep the gap between panels small so both ends sit fully in their slots. Stiffeners tie panels together; they are not a handrail. Where your design or Building Regulations need a handrail, fit one. For base channel, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-2\"\u003eadjustable aluminium channel kit for 15mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the stiffener after the glass is set and aligned in its channel. Fit the right rubbers, press the stiffener down over both top edges at the joint, check the panels are flush, then tighten the two grub screws evenly with a hex key. Do not overtighten on laminated glass. Wipe with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one stiffener?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one straight stiffener with grub screws and rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it fit 17.52mm laminated glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with two pairs of the 15 to 17.52mm stiffener rubbers, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to drill the glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The grub screws press the rubber onto the glass. No holes are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it replace a handrail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It ties the panel tops together but is not a handrail. Follow your designer's or Building Control's requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57945380651395,"sku":"SSHF-026371-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-straight-glass-stiffener-balcony-joint.jpg?v=1794047469"},{"product_id":"aluminium-corner-glass-stiffener","title":"Aluminium Corner Glass Stiffener, Satin, for 12mm to 21.52mm Frameless Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis corner stiffener caps the top edges of two frameless glass panels where they meet at 90°, tying them together so the corner moves as one.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is satin aluminium, an L shape 78 x 76mm and 25mm deep, with a rubber-lined channel in each leg and grub screws that lock it onto the glass. Rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass are included; rubbers for thicker glass are sold separately. The price shown is for one stiffener, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-corner-glass-stiffener-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the aluminium corner glass stiffener, 78 x 76mm, 25mm deep, for 12 to 21.52mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a corner stiffener\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA stiffer corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a frameless balustrade each panel stands on its own in the base channel. At a corner, the free top edges can flex apart when someone leans on them. Joining them with a stiffener makes the two panels share the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the clean look.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is small, low and satin aluminium, so the glass still reads as one clear sheet with no posts and no handrail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass never touches metal.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber lines both channels, protecting the edges of toughened and laminated glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne part, many glass thicknesses.\u003c\/strong\u003e Change the rubbers and the same stiffener fits glass from 12mm up to 21.52mm laminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorners of frameless glass balustrades on terraces, roof gardens, balconies, decks and mezzanines; glass screens round pools and seating areas; and shop and office glass guards in base channel or side-fix channel systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne corner stiffener with grub screws and rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass. Minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eL, 90° outside corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78 x 76mm, 25mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm to 21.52mm (rubbers for over 13.5mm sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrub screws clamp the rubber onto the glass. No drilling of the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich rubbers for your glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRubbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm, 12.76mm or 13.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm to 17.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-15-17-52mm\"\u003eStiffener rubbers 15 to 17.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm to 21.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-pair\"\u003eStiffener rubbers 19 to 21.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe stiffener range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis corner stiffener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoint between two panels in a straight run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-satin-finish\"\u003eStraight glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhere the glass meets a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-end-glass-stiffener\"\u003eEnd glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each 90° corner. Add a straight stiffener at each joint between panels in a run and an end stiffener where a run stops against a wall, if you want every panel tied in. An L-shaped balustrade needs one corner stiffener; a U shape needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your glass thickness first: laminated glass is usually 13.52mm, 17.52mm or 21.52mm, and toughened 12mm, 15mm or 19mm. Order the matching rubbers if your glass is over 13.5mm. Stiffeners tie panels together; they are not a handrail. Where your design or Building Regulations need a handrail, fit one. For base channel, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-aluminium-channel-glass-kit-2\"\u003eadjustable aluminium channel kit for 15mm glass\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the stiffener after the glass is set and aligned in its channel. Fit the right rubbers, press the stiffener down over both top edges at the corner, check the panels are flush, then tighten the grub screws evenly with a hex key. Do not overtighten on laminated glass. Wipe with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one stiffener?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one corner stiffener with grub screws and rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it fit 17.52mm laminated glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the 15 to 17.52mm stiffener rubbers, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to drill the glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The grub screws press the rubber onto the glass. No holes are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it replace a handrail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It ties the panel tops together but is not a handrail. Follow your designer's or Building Control's requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57945303810435,"sku":"SSHF-190211-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-corner-glass-stiffener-frameless-terrace-corner.jpg?v=1794013533"},{"product_id":"aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-pair","title":"Aluminium Glass Stiffener Rubbers for 19 to 21.52mm Glass, Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese black rubber packers fit inside our aluminium glass stiffeners so they grip 19mm toughened or 20.76 to 21.52mm laminated glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stiffeners come with rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass; for thicker glass you swap them for this size. They are sold as a pair. An end stiffener takes one pair, and a corner or straight stiffener takes two pairs. The price shown is for one pair, with a minimum order of 10 pairs, enough for five corner or straight stiffeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/glass-stiffener-rubbers-19-21-52mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the aluminium corner glass stiffener lined with rubbers for 19 to 21.52mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fit the right rubbers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA tight grip on thicker glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stiffener channel is the same for every glass thickness; the rubber does the sizing. With the standard 12mm rubbers, 21.52mm glass will not go in. With rubbers that are too thin, the stiffener rattles on the glass and the grub screws press on too small an area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass never touches metal.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rubber lines both faces of the channel, so the aluminium never bears on the glass. That protects the edges of toughened and laminated glass from chips and point loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the grub screw load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The grub screws press on the rubber, not on the glass. The ribbed back of each packer locates it in the channel so it stays put while you fit the stiffener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere they are used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades with 19mm toughened or 21.52mm laminated glass, often chosen for taller or busier balustrades, on terraces, roof gardens, balconies, decks and mezzanines, wherever an aluminium corner, straight or end stiffener ties the panel tops together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pair of rubber packers. Minimum order 10 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm toughened; 20.76mm and 21.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOur aluminium corner, straight and end glass stiffeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePairs per stiffener\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd: 1 pair. Corner or straight: 2 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line; made to fit the stiffener channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 5g per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich rubbers for your glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRubbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm, 12.76mm or 13.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied with the stiffener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm to 17.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-15-17-52mm\"\u003eStiffener rubbers 15 to 17.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm to 21.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThese rubbers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe stiffeners they fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStiffener\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePairs needed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-corner-glass-stiffener\"\u003eCorner glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-satin-finish\"\u003eStraight glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-end-glass-stiffener\"\u003eEnd glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount your stiffeners. Allow two pairs for each corner stiffener and each straight stiffener, and one pair for each end stiffener. For example, an L-shaped balustrade with one corner, three straight joints and two ends against walls needs 2 + 6 + 2 = 10 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the glass with a caliper, or read the thickness on the glass supplier's delivery note. Common sizes are 12, 15 and 19mm toughened, and 13.52, 17.52 and 21.52mm laminated. Choose these rubbers for 19mm to 21.52mm. Choose the 15 to 17.52mm rubbers for 15mm toughened or 17.52mm laminated glass. For 12mm to 13.52mm glass you need nothing extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake out the standard rubbers, then press one packer against each inner face of the stiffener channel with the ribbed side to the metal. Press the stiffener down over the top edge of the glass, check the panels are flush, and tighten the grub screws evenly with a hex key. Do not overtighten on laminated glass. The rubber needs no care; check the grub screws once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one pair of packers. The minimum order is 10 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many pairs does a corner stiffener need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo pairs, one pair for each leg. A straight stiffener also needs two pairs; an end stiffener needs one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo they fit 21.52mm laminated glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They suit 19mm toughened and 20.76mm or 21.52mm laminated glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo they fit other makes of stiffener?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are made for the aluminium stiffeners we sell. We cannot confirm the fit in other makes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 pairs or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57945254625667,"sku":"SSHF-189059-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/glass-stiffener-rubbers-19-21-52mm-roof-terrace.jpg?v=1794048013"},{"product_id":"aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-15-17-52mm","title":"Aluminium Glass Stiffener Rubbers for 15 to 17.52mm Glass, Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese black rubber packers fit inside our aluminium glass stiffeners so they grip 15mm toughened or 16.76 to 17.52mm laminated glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stiffeners come with rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass; for thicker glass you swap them for this size. They are sold as a pair. An end stiffener takes one pair, and a corner or straight stiffener takes two pairs. The price shown is for one pair, with a minimum order of 10 pairs, enough for five corner or straight stiffeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/glass-stiffener-rubbers-15-17-52mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the aluminium corner glass stiffener lined with rubbers for 15 to 17.52mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fit the right rubbers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA tight grip on thicker glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stiffener channel is the same for every glass thickness; the rubber does the sizing. With the standard 12mm rubbers, 17.52mm glass will not go in. With rubbers that are too thin, the stiffener rattles on the glass and the grub screws press on too small an area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass never touches metal.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rubber lines both faces of the channel, so the aluminium never bears on the glass. That protects the edges of toughened and laminated glass from chips and point loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the grub screw load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The grub screws press on the rubber, not on the glass. The ribbed back of each packer locates it in the channel so it stays put while you fit the stiffener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere they are used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades with 15mm toughened or 17.52mm laminated glass on terraces, roof gardens, balconies, decks and mezzanines, wherever an aluminium corner, straight or end stiffener ties the panel tops together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pair of rubber packers. Minimum order 10 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm toughened; 16.76mm and 17.52mm laminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOur aluminium corner, straight and end glass stiffeners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePairs per stiffener\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd: 1 pair. Corner or straight: 2 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line; made to fit the stiffener channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3g per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich rubbers for your glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRubbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm, 12.76mm or 13.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied with the stiffener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm to 17.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThese rubbers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm to 21.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-pair\"\u003eStiffener rubbers 19 to 21.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe stiffeners they fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStiffener\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePairs needed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-corner-glass-stiffener\"\u003eCorner glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-satin-finish\"\u003eStraight glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-end-glass-stiffener\"\u003eEnd glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount your stiffeners. Allow two pairs for each corner stiffener and each straight stiffener, and one pair for each end stiffener. For example, an L-shaped balustrade with one corner, three straight joints and two ends against walls needs 2 + 6 + 2 = 10 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the glass with a caliper, or read the thickness on the glass supplier's delivery note. Common sizes are 12, 15 and 19mm toughened, and 13.52, 17.52 and 21.52mm laminated. Choose these rubbers for 15mm to 17.52mm. Choose the 19 to 21.52mm rubbers for thicker glass. For 12mm to 13.52mm glass you need nothing extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake out the standard rubbers, then press one packer against each inner face of the stiffener channel with the ribbed side to the metal. Press the stiffener down over the top edge of the glass, check the panels are flush, and tighten the grub screws evenly with a hex key. Do not overtighten on laminated glass. The rubber needs no care; check the grub screws once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one pair of packers. The minimum order is 10 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many pairs does a corner stiffener need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo pairs, one pair for each leg. A straight stiffener also needs two pairs; an end stiffener needs one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo they fit 17.52mm laminated glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They suit 15mm toughened and 16.76mm or 17.52mm laminated glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo they fit other makes of stiffener?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are made for the aluminium stiffeners we sell. We cannot confirm the fit in other makes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 pairs or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57945207013763,"sku":"SSHF-729155-01","price":2.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/glass-stiffener-rubbers-15-17-52mm-workbench.jpg?v=1794047003"},{"product_id":"aluminium-end-glass-stiffener","title":"Aluminium End Glass Stiffener, Panel to Wall, Satin, for 12 to 21.52mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis end stiffener ties the top edge of the last frameless glass panel in a run to the wall it stops against, so the end panel cannot flex away from the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a satin aluminium L, 78 x 76mm and 25mm deep: one leg is a rubber-lined channel that caps the glass, and the other is a flat plate with a countersunk hole that screws to the wall. A grub screw locks the channel onto the glass. Rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass are included; rubbers for thicker glass are sold separately. The price shown is for one stiffener, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-end-glass-stiffener-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the aluminium end glass stiffener, 78 x 76mm, 25mm deep, with the wall plate and fixing hole\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an end stiffener\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA firm finish at the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a frameless balustrade each panel stands on its own in the base channel. Where a run stops against a wall, the top corner of the last panel is free to move and can open a gap at the wall when someone leans on it. Fixing that corner to the wall holds the panel in line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the clean look.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is small, low and satin aluminium, with the plate tucked flat against the wall, so the glass still reads as one clear sheet with no posts and no handrail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass never touches metal.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber lines the channel, protecting the edge of toughened and laminated glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne part, many glass thicknesses.\u003c\/strong\u003e Change the rubbers and the same stiffener fits glass from 12mm up to 21.52mm laminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass balustrades that run up to a wall on terraces, balconies, roof gardens, stair landings and mezzanines; glass screens that stop against a building; and glass guards in base channel or side-fix channel systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne end stiffener with grub screw and rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass. Minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eL: glass channel plus wall plate with one countersunk fixing hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78 x 76mm, 25mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm to 21.52mm (rubbers for over 13.5mm sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrub screw clamps the rubber onto the glass. Wall screw and plug not supplied. No drilling of the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich rubbers for your glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRubbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm, 12.76mm or 13.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm to 17.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-15-17-52mm\"\u003eStiffener rubbers 15 to 17.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e (1 pair per stiffener)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm to 21.52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-rubber-pair\"\u003eStiffener rubbers 19 to 21.52mm\u003c\/a\u003e (1 pair per stiffener)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe stiffener range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhere the glass meets a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis end stiffener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoint between two panels in a straight run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-glass-stiffener-satin-finish\"\u003eStraight glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-corner-glass-stiffener\"\u003eCorner glass stiffener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each end of a run that stops against a wall. A balustrade running between two walls takes two. Add a straight stiffener at each joint between panels and a corner stiffener at each 90° corner if you want every panel tied in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your glass thickness first: laminated glass is usually 13.52mm, 17.52mm or 21.52mm, and toughened 12mm, 15mm or 19mm. Order one pair of the matching rubbers per end stiffener if your glass is over 13.5mm. Choose a wall fixing to suit the wall: a stainless countersunk screw and plug for masonry, or a suitable anchor for hollow walls. Stiffeners tie panels together; they are not a handrail. Where your design or Building Regulations need a handrail, fit one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet and align the glass in its channel with a small gap at the wall. Fit the right rubbers, press the channel down over the top edge of the glass with the plate flat against the wall, mark and drill the wall through the fixing hole, and screw the plate home. Then tighten the grub screw evenly with a hex key; do not overtighten on laminated glass. Wipe with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one stiffener?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one end stiffener with grub screw and rubbers for 12mm to 13.5mm glass. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the wall screw included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a countersunk stainless screw and plug to suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it at a free end with no wall?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It needs a wall or other solid face to screw to. A free-standing end of a run is held by the base channel alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to drill the glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The grub screw presses the rubber onto the glass. No holes are needed in the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57945184731523,"sku":"SSHF-892995-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/aluminium-end-glass-stiffener-wall-terrace.jpg?v=1794047775"},{"product_id":"premium-small-square-glass-clamp","title":"Black Square Glass Clamp 45 x 45mm for Flat Post, 304 Stainless Powder Coated, 8-10mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black square clamp holds a glass panel to a square post, box section or wall, in a matt black finish that matches black-painted steelwork and modern black balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel, powder coated black, 45 x 45 x 27mm, with a flat back and rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass. Two black countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge, so the glass needs no holes. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-glass-clamp-flat-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square glass clamp for flat posts, 45 x 45 x 27mm, for 8 or 10mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, ready to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp arrives powder coated, so it goes straight onto black posts with no painting on site. Black clamps on black posts all but disappear, leaving clear glass and a crisp outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is 304 stainless steel, so any chip in the coating shows bright steel, not rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat back for square posts and walls.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square and rectangular posts, box section, flat bar and walls need a flat-back clamp. A curved-back clamp would rock and never hold the glass straight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRubber all round the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass never touches metal. The pads spread the load along the edge and take up small differences in glass thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack glass balustrades on stairs, landings, terraces and balconies with square posts; glass infill in black box-section frames; glass screens fixed to walls; and shop, café and office glass guards in modern black finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two black closing screws, rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 45 x 27mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat post, box section or wall (flat back)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm or 10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone on this clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied. Usually one M8 screw into a drilled and tapped post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.24 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, flat post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, 42.4mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack square clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, 48.3mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-glass-clamp-304-stainless-steel\"\u003eBlack square clamp for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D clamp, flat post, up to 12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm\"\u003eBlack D clamp 63 x 45mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBare stainless, flat post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-glass-clamp-45x45x27mm\"\u003e304 square clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoat to any other colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-type-glass-clamp-45x45x27mm\"\u003eZinc square clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12. A tall or wide panel may need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this flat-back clamp on any face at least 45mm wide. Check the glass is 8mm or 10mm; for 12mm glass use the black D clamp. If your posts are round, choose the black clamp curved for 42.4mm or 48.3mm tube. For a colour other than black, choose the zinc clamp and powder coat it to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill and tap the post, fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. Set the glass on packers, offer up the front half and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use a hex key that fits snugly so the coating on the screw heads is not marked. Use toughened safety glass only. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws and the rubber pads. The minimum order is 8, which holds two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it painted or solid black?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 304 stainless steel with a black powder coat, so the steel underneath will not rust if the coating is chipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need a hole in the glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This clamp grips the glass edge between rubber pads. There is no safety pin, so the glass needs no hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on 12mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it takes 8mm or 10mm glass. For 12mm glass use the black D clamp 63 x 45mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57944975704451,"sku":"SSHF-450051-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-glass-clamp-flat-post-stair-close-up.jpg?v=1794050799"},{"product_id":"premium-square-glass-clamp-304-stainless-steel","title":"Black Square Glass Clamp 45 x 45mm for 48.3mm Post, 304 Stainless Powder Coated, 8-10mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black square clamp holds a glass panel to a 48.3mm round post, in a matt black finish that matches black-painted steelwork and modern black balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel, powder coated black, 45 x 45 x 27mm, with a back curved to suit 48.3mm tube and rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass. Two black countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge, so the glass needs no holes. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-glass-clamp-48-3mm-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square glass clamp for 48.3mm posts, 45 x 45 x 27mm, for 8 or 10mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, ready to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp arrives powder coated, so it goes straight onto black posts with no painting on site. Black clamps on black posts all but disappear, leaving clear glass and a crisp outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is 304 stainless steel, so any chip in the coating shows bright steel, not rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 48.3mm, the heavier round post used on commercial jobs and wider spans, so the clamp sits tight on the tube with no rocking and the glass stays straight from post to post. A flat-back clamp would rock on round tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRubber all round the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass never touches metal. The pads spread the load along the edge and take up small differences in glass thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack glass balustrades on stairs, landings, terraces and balconies with 48.3mm round posts; glass infill between black tubular posts on decks and garden steps; and shop, café and office glass guards in modern black finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two black closing screws, rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 45 x 27mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm round post (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm or 10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone on this clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, 48.3mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, flat post or wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-square-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack square clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, 42.4mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack square clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBare stainless, 48.3mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-glass-clamp-45x45x27mm\"\u003e304 square clamp for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoat to any other colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/zinc-square-glass-clamp-45x45x27mm\"\u003eZinc square clamp for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12. A tall or wide panel may need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure across the post: 48.3mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/2\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on other sizes. Check the glass is 8mm or 10mm. For 42.4mm posts choose the black square clamp for 42.4mm, and for square posts or walls choose the flat-back version. For a colour other than black, choose the zinc clamp and powder coat it to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. Set the glass on packers, offer up the front half and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use a hex key that fits snugly so the coating on the screw heads is not marked. Use toughened safety glass only. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws and the rubber pads. The minimum order is 8, which holds two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it painted or solid black?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 304 stainless steel with a black powder coat, so the steel underneath will not rust if the coating is chipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need a hole in the glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This clamp grips the glass edge between rubber pads. There is no safety pin, so the glass needs no hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on 12mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it takes 8mm or 10mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a square post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is curved for 48.3mm tube. For square posts or walls use the black square clamp with a flat back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57944940970371,"sku":"SSHF-007107-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-glass-clamp-48-3mm-post-mezzanine-close-up.jpg?v=1794076731"},{"product_id":"304-stainless-steel-glass-clamp","title":"Black Square Glass Clamp 45 x 45mm for 42.4mm Post, 304 Stainless Powder Coated, 8-10mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black square clamp holds a glass panel to a 42.4mm round post, in a matt black finish that matches black-painted steelwork and modern black balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel, powder coated black, 45 x 45 x 27mm, with a back curved to suit 42.4mm tube and rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass. Two black countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge, so the glass needs no holes. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-glass-clamp-42-4mm-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black square glass clamp for 42.4mm posts, 45 x 45 x 27mm, for 8 or 10mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, ready to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp arrives powder coated, so it goes straight onto black posts with no painting on site. Black clamps on black posts all but disappear, leaving clear glass and a crisp outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is 304 stainless steel, so any chip in the coating shows bright steel, not rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 42.4mm, the most common round balustrade post, so the clamp sits tight on the tube with no rocking and the glass stays straight from post to post. A flat-back clamp would rock on round tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRubber all round the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass never touches metal. The pads spread the load along the edge and take up small differences in glass thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack glass balustrades on stairs, landings, terraces and balconies with 42.4mm round posts; glass infill between black tubular posts on decks and garden steps; and shop, café and office glass guards in modern black finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two black closing screws, rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 45 x 27mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round post (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm or 10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone on this clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, 42.4mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, flat post or wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-square-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack square clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, 48.3mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-glass-clamp-304-stainless-steel\"\u003eBlack square clamp for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D clamp, 42.4mm post, up to 12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-for-42-4mm-post\"\u003eBlack D clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBare stainless, 42.4mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-glass-clamp-45mm-1\"\u003e304 square clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoat to any other colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-glass-clamp-45mm\"\u003eZinc square clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12. A tall or wide panel may need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure across the post: 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/4\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on other sizes. Check the glass is 8mm or 10mm; for 12mm glass use the black D clamp. For 48.3mm posts choose the black square clamp for 48.3mm, and for square posts or walls choose the flat-back version. For a colour other than black, choose the zinc clamp and powder coat it to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. Set the glass on packers, offer up the front half and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use a hex key that fits snugly so the coating on the screw heads is not marked. Use toughened safety glass only. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws and the rubber pads. The minimum order is 8, which holds two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it painted or solid black?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 304 stainless steel with a black powder coat, so the steel underneath will not rust if the coating is chipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need a hole in the glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This clamp grips the glass edge between rubber pads. There is no safety pin, so the glass needs no hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on 12mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it takes 8mm or 10mm glass. For 12mm glass use the black D clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a square post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is curved for 42.4mm tube. For square posts or walls use the black square clamp with a flat back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57944787419523,"sku":"SSHF-203715-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-square-glass-clamp-42-4mm-post-landing-close-up.jpg?v=1794076324"},{"product_id":"premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm","title":"Black D Type Glass Clamp 63 x 45mm for Flat Post, 8-12mm Glass, Safety Pin","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black D type clamp holds an 8mm, 10mm or 12mm glass panel to a square post, box section or wall, in a matt black finish that matches black-painted steelwork and modern black balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel, powder coated black, 63 x 45 x 30mm in the rounded D outline, with a flat back, rubber pads for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass and an optional safety pin. Two black countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45-flat-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black D type glass clamp for flat posts, 63 x 45 x 30mm, for 8, 10 or 12mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, ready to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp arrives powder coated, so it goes straight onto black posts with no painting on site. Black clamps on black posts all but disappear, leaving clear glass and a crisp outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is 304 stainless steel, so any chip in the coating shows bright steel, not rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat back for square posts and walls.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square and rectangular posts, box section, flat bar and walls need a flat-back clamp. It sits flush with no rocking, so the glass stays straight from post to post. A curved-back clamp would rock on a flat face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe full-size D, up to 12mm glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 63 x 45mm this is the larger D clamp, with rubbers for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass in the box. Thicker glass is stiffer between posts and is often specified for wider panels, busier areas and commercial jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional safety pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pin is supplied for a drilled glass panel. It passes through a hole in the glass inside the clamp, so the panel cannot slide out even if the screws loosen. Without the pin, the clamp grips the glass edge on rubber alone and the glass needs no hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack glass balustrades with square posts on stairs, landings, balconies, terraces and mezzanines; glass infill in black box-section frames; glass screens fixed to walls; and shop, café and office glass guards in modern black finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two black closing screws, rubber pads for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass, safety pin. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 x 45 x 30mm, D shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat post, box section or wall (flat back)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm, 10mm or 12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded (optional; needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.34 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 63 x 45mm, flat post or wall, up to 12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 63 x 45mm, 42.4mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-for-42-4mm-post\"\u003eBlack D clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 50 x 40mm, flat post, 8-10mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-d-type-glass-clamp-1\"\u003eBlack D clamp 50 x 40mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, flat post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-square-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack square clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBare stainless, outdoors or near the sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-d-type-glass-clamp-1\"\u003e316 D clamp 63 x 45mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoat to any other colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-flat-post\"\u003eZinc D clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12. A tall or wide panel may need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this flat-back clamp on any face at least 45mm wide. Fit the rubber pads that match your glass: 8mm, 10mm or 12mm. For 8mm or 10mm glass where a smaller clamp looks neater, choose the black D clamp 50 x 40mm. For round posts, choose the black D clamp curved for 42.4mm. For a colour other than black, choose the zinc clamp and powder coat it to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. If you use the safety pin, the glass must be drilled before toughening to line up with it. Set the glass on packers, offer up the front half and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use a hex key that fits snugly so the coating on the screw heads is not marked. Use toughened safety glass only. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, the rubber pads and the safety pin. The minimum order is 8, which holds two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it painted or solid black?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 304 stainless steel with a black powder coat, so the steel underneath will not rust if the coating is chipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to use the safety pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pin is optional and needs a hole drilled in the glass before it is toughened. Without it, the clamp grips the glass edge on its rubber pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is flat. For 42.4mm round posts use the black D clamp 63 x 45mm curved for 42.4mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on 12mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Rubber pads for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass are all in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57944738627971,"sku":"SSHF-302019-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45-flat-post-mezzanine.jpg?v=1794070120"},{"product_id":"premium-d-type-glass-clamp-48-3mm-post","title":"Black D Glass Clamp for 48.3mm Round Post, 304 Stainless Powder Coated, 8-12mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA matt black D-shaped glass clamp that holds a glass panel to a 48.3mm round post.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is 304 stainless steel, powder coated black to match black posts, handrails and window frames, with a curved back that sits tight to the post. The clamp takes 8, 10 or 12mm glass with the rubber gaskets in the box. Black glass balustrades suit modern homes, loft offices, restaurants and hotels. The price shown is for one clamp, minimum order 8, which is enough for two panels at two clamps per post edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-glass-clamp-48mm-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black D-shaped glass clamp for a 48.3mm post: 63 x 45 x 30mm, screws 10mm from the post end at 24.5mm centres, 48mm from the back to the glass pin, takes 8 to 12mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp, minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-part D-shaped body in 304 stainless, powder coated matt black, with a curved back for a 48.3mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRubber gaskets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSets for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrews\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo countersunk hex socket screws that close the clamp on the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass support pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, for use through a 10mm hole in the glass (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe M8 screw that fixes the clamp to the post, the post, the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA crisp black finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e Black posts and clamps frame clear glass sharply and tie in with black window frames, steel stairs and industrial interiors. The clamp is the same proven D shape as our satin clamps, finished in matt black powder coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade to fit the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back of the clamp is curved to the 48.3mm tube, so it sits flush with no gap and does not rock as the screw is tightened. On a 42.4mm post you need the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-for-42-4mm-post\"\u003eblack clamp for 42.4mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne clamp, three glass thicknesses.\u003c\/strong\u003e Change the rubbers and the same clamp holds 8, 10 or 12mm glass. The glass support pin passes through a 10mm hole in the panel and stops the glass sliding out if a gasket is ever disturbed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel, powder coated matt black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63mm long x 45mm high x 30mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, with the matching gaskets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo countersunk, 10mm from the post end, 24.5mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack of clamp to glass pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole for the glass pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm through the glass, if you use the pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne M8 screw into a 7mm hole tapped M8 (screw not supplied)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right clamp?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack 48.3mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis black clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack 42.4mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-for-42-4mm-post\"\u003eBlack D clamp for 42.4mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack flat-faced post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm\"\u003eBlack D clamp for flat posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin stainless 48.3mm post, indoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-304-stainless-steel\"\u003e304 satin D clamp for 48.3mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin stainless 48.3mm post, outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm-2\"\u003e316 satin D clamp for 48.3mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou will need a drill, a 7mm drill bit for stainless steel, an M8 tap, hex keys or bits and one M8 black or stainless screw per clamp. Mark the clamp positions on the post, drill 7mm and tap the hole M8. Screw the back half of the clamp to the post. Put the gasket for your glass thickness in that half, stand the panel in place on packers, then fit the second gasket and the front half and close it with the two countersunk screws. If you are using the support pin, the glass has to be drilled 10mm before it is toughened. Tighten evenly, take care not to scratch the powder coat with tools, and do not over-tighten on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use toughened or laminated safety glass only. The number of clamps per panel, post spacing and glass type for a guarding balustrade must be set by whoever designs and signs off the job, to BS 6180 where it applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth, then dry. Avoid solvents, abrasive pads and scrapers, which can mark the powder coat. Touch in any chips promptly with a matching black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one clamp with its gaskets, two clamp screws and a glass pin. The minimum order is 8, which covers two panels with two clamps on each post edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it solid black or painted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 304 stainless steel with a matt black powder coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the screw to fix it to the post included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each clamp needs one M8 screw into a tapped hole in the post. Call us and we can advise on screws to suit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a 42.4mm post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the back is curved for 48.3mm. Use the black clamp for 42.4mm posts, which is the same size body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best indoors or under cover. Powder coat outdoors near the sea or a pool needs regular cleaning; for exposed sites choose 316 satin clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online in any quantity from 8, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black balustrade with posts, clamps and handrail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57944705401219,"sku":"SSHF-334787-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-glass-clamp-48mm-post-loft-office-mid-post.jpg?v=1794051693"},{"product_id":"premium-d-type-glass-clamp-for-42-4mm-post","title":"Black D Type Glass Clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm Post, 304 Stainless Powder Coated, 8-12mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black D type clamp holds an 8mm, 10mm or 12mm glass panel to a 42.4mm round post, in a matt black finish that matches black-painted steelwork and modern black balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel, powder coated black, 63 x 45 x 30mm in the rounded D outline, with a back curved to suit 42.4mm tube, rubber pads for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass and an optional safety pin. Two black countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45-42-4mm-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black D type glass clamp for 42.4mm posts, 63 x 45 x 30mm, for 8, 10 or 12mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, ready to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp arrives powder coated, so it goes straight onto black posts with no painting on site. Black clamps on black posts all but disappear, leaving clear glass and a crisp outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is 304 stainless steel, so any chip in the coating shows bright steel, not rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 42.4mm, the most common round balustrade post, so the clamp sits tight on the tube with no rocking and the glass stays straight from post to post. A flat-back clamp would rock on round tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe full-size D, up to 12mm glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 63 x 45mm this is the larger D clamp, with rubbers for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass in the box. Thicker glass is stiffer between posts and is often specified for wider panels, busier areas and commercial jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional safety pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pin is supplied for a drilled glass panel. It passes through a hole in the glass inside the clamp, so the panel cannot slide out even if the screws loosen. Without the pin, the clamp grips the glass edge on rubber alone and the glass needs no hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack glass balustrades with 42.4mm round posts on stairs, landings, balconies, terraces and mezzanines; glass infill between black tubular posts on decks and garden steps; and shop, café and office glass guards in modern black finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two black closing screws, rubber pads for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass, safety pin. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 x 45 x 30mm, D shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round post (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm, 10mm or 12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded (optional; needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 63 x 45mm, 42.4mm round post, up to 12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 63 x 45mm, flat post or wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm\"\u003eBlack D clamp 63 x 45mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 50 x 40mm, 42.4mm post, 8-10mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-d-type-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack D clamp 50 x 40mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, 42.4mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack square clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBare stainless, outdoors or near the sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 D clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoat to any other colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-1\"\u003eZinc D clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12. A tall or wide panel may need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure across the post: 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/4\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on other sizes. Fit the rubber pads that match your glass: 8mm, 10mm or 12mm. For 8mm or 10mm glass where a smaller clamp looks neater, choose the black D clamp 50 x 40mm. For square posts or walls, choose the flat-back black D clamp. For a colour other than black, choose the zinc clamp and powder coat it to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. If you use the safety pin, the glass must be drilled before toughening to line up with it. Set the glass on packers, offer up the front half and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use a hex key that fits snugly so the coating on the screw heads is not marked. Use toughened safety glass only. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, the rubber pads and the safety pin. The minimum order is 8, which holds two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it painted or solid black?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 304 stainless steel with a black powder coat, so the steel underneath will not rust if the coating is chipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to use the safety pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pin is optional and needs a hole drilled in the glass before it is toughened. Without it, the clamp grips the glass edge on its rubber pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a square post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is curved for 42.4mm tube. For square posts or walls use the black D clamp 63 x 45mm with a flat back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on 12mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Rubber pads for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass are all in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57944688591235,"sku":"SSHF-433091-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45-42-4mm-post-staircase-close-up.jpg?v=1794075980"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-d-type-glass-clamp","title":"Black D Type Glass Clamp 50 x 40mm for 42.4mm Post, 8-10mm Glass, Safety Pin","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis black D type clamp holds an 8mm or 10mm glass panel to the side of a 42.4mm round post, in a matt black finish that matches black-painted steelwork and modern black balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel, powder coated black, 50 x 40 x 26mm in the rounded D outline, with a back curved to suit 42.4mm tube, rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass and an optional safety pin. Two black countersunk screws close the two halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-type-glass-clamp-50x40-42-4mm-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black D type glass clamp for 42.4mm posts, 50 x 40 x 26mm, for 8 or 10mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, ready to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp arrives powder coated, so it goes straight onto black posts with no painting on site. Black clamps on black posts all but disappear, leaving clear glass and a crisp outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is 304 stainless steel, so any chip in the coating shows bright steel, not rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 42.4mm, so the clamp sits tight on round tube with no rocking and no gap to collect dirt. A clamp made for the post size is what keeps the glass straight from post to post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe compact D size.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 50 x 40mm this is the smaller D clamp, the usual choice for 8mm and 10mm glass on homes, offices and shops. It keeps the fixings discreet; for 12mm glass, choose the larger 63 x 45mm black D clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional safety pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pin is supplied for a drilled glass panel. It passes through a hole in the glass inside the clamp, so the panel cannot slide out even if the screws loosen. Without the pin, the clamp grips the glass edge on rubber alone and the glass needs no hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack glass balustrades with round posts on stairs, landings, balconies, terraces and decks; glass infill in black tubular handrails; and shop, café and office glass guards in modern black finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two black closing screws, rubber pads for 8mm and 10mm glass, safety pin. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 40 x 26mm, D shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round tube (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm or 10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded (optional; needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied; size not published for this line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 50 x 40mm, 42.4mm round post, 8-10mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 50 x 40mm, flat post or wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-d-type-glass-clamp-1\"\u003eBlack D clamp 50 x 40mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 63 x 45mm, 42.4mm round post, up to 12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-for-42-4mm-post\"\u003eBlack D clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack D 63 x 45mm, flat post or wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm\"\u003eBlack D clamp 63 x 45mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack square clamp, 42.4mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003eBlack square clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBare stainless, outdoors or near the sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/d-type-glass-clamp-50x40mm\"\u003e316 D clamp 50 x 40mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoat to any other colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-1\"\u003eZinc D clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12. A tall or wide panel may need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure across the post: 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/4\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on any other size. Check the glass is 8mm or 10mm; for 12mm glass use the black D clamp 63 x 45mm. For square posts or walls, choose the flat-back version. For a colour other than black, choose the zinc clamp and powder coat it to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill the post and fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. If you use the safety pin, the glass must be drilled before toughening to line up with it. Set the glass on packers, offer up the front half and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use a hex key that fits snugly so the coating on the screw heads is not marked. Use toughened safety glass only. Clean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth; no abrasive pads or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, the rubber pads and the safety pin. The minimum order is 8, which holds two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it painted or solid black?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is 304 stainless steel with a black powder coat, so the steel underneath will not rust if the coating is chipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to use the safety pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pin is optional and needs a hole drilled in the glass before it is toughened. Without it, the clamp grips the glass edge on its rubber pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a square post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is curved for 42.4mm tube. For square posts or walls use the black D clamp 50 x 40mm with a flat back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on 12mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it takes 8mm or 10mm glass. For 12mm glass use the black D clamp 63 x 45mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57942868296067,"sku":"SSHF-295107-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-d-type-glass-clamp-50x40-42-4mm-post-staircase.jpg?v=1794069636"},{"product_id":"premium-glass-stand-off-40mm-deep","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass Stand-Off 50mm, 40mm Deep, for 8-22mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis stand-off fixes a frameless glass panel to the face of a stair stringer, balcony slab edge or wall, holding the glass 40mm clear of the surface with a neat round stainless cap on the front.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 316 (marine grade) stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, 50mm across, for glass 8mm to 22mm thick, including 17.52mm and 21.52mm laminated guarding glass. The body screws to the fixing face, the bolt passes through a hole in the glass, and rubber gaskets sit either side so the glass never touches metal. A threaded sleeve lets you fine-tune the stand-off so every panel sits in line. The price shown is for one stand-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-glass-stand-off-40mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless glass stand-off, 50mm diameter, 40mm deep, for 8 to 22mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a stand-off\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide-fixed glass with nothing on the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixing the glass to the side of the stair or slab keeps the full tread or balcony floor clear, and the glass appears to float on a few small round caps. It is one of the cleanest ways to guard a stair or balcony edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoom for thick laminated glass and cladding.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 40mm stand-off takes glass up to 22mm and leaves space behind the glass for a stair nosing, timber cladding or render.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrade 316 for outdoor and coastal work.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which resists the chlorides in sea air, pool water and de-icing salt far better than 304, so it suits balconies and terraces as well as indoor stairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable to get the glass true.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stringers and slab edges are rarely perfectly flat. The threaded sleeve lets you set each stand-off so the glass runs straight and plumb along the whole run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRubber both sides of the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gaskets either side spread the clamping load and protect the edge of the hole in toughened or laminated glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide-fixed frameless glass balustrades on timber and steel staircases, concrete balcony slabs, terraces and mezzanine edges; glass screens fixed to walls; and feature glass panels in shops, hotels and offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne stand-off: body, adjusting sleeve, cap with bolt and grub screw, two rubber gaskets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStand-off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm from the fixing face to the back of the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm to 22mm, drilled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the stringer or wall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied. Choose a stainless bolt or anchor to suit the structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass hole size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line; check with us before ordering glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich stand-off to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStand-off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm stand-off, glass up to 22mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis stand-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm stand-off, glass up to 16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-stand-off-30mm-deep\"\u003e316 glass stand-off 30mm deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass held at the post instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-glass-clamp-45x45x27mm\"\u003e316 square glass clamp for 48.3mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide-fixed balustrade panels are usually held by four stand-offs, two near each vertical edge, and wider or taller panels may need six. The number, spacing and glass specification for a guarding balustrade should come from your glass supplier or structural designer, because the stand-offs carry all the load on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this 40mm stand-off for glass up to 22mm, laminated guarding glass, or where the glass must clear a stair nosing, skirting or cladding. Choose the 30mm stand-off for glass up to 16mm where you want the glass closer to the stringer. The glass must be drilled before toughening, so fix the stand-off positions first and send the hole centres to your glass supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark and drill the stringer or slab edge, fix each body with a suitable stainless bolt or anchor, and set the sleeves so the faces line up. Fit a gasket to each stand-off, hang the glass, fit the outer gaskets and caps, and tighten the bolts evenly; lock each cap with its grub screw. Do not overtighten on laminated glass. Wipe with warm soapy water and rinse with fresh water near the sea. Do not use wire wool or chloride cleaners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one stand-off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete stand-off with its gaskets, cap and bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the glass need holes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bolt passes through the glass, so each panel needs a hole at every stand-off, drilled before toughening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the fixing into the stringer included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The right fixing depends on timber, steel or concrete, so choose a stainless bolt or anchor to suit your structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Grade 316 suits balconies, terraces and coastal sites. Rinse with fresh water now and then to keep the satin finish bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57893956157827,"sku":"SSHF-051587-01","price":36.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-stainless-glass-stand-off-50mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794162337"},{"product_id":"premium-glass-stand-off-30mm-deep","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass Stand-Off 50mm, 30mm Deep, for 8-16mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis stand-off fixes a frameless glass panel to the face of a stair stringer, balcony slab edge or wall, holding the glass 30mm clear of the surface with a neat round stainless cap on the front.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 316 (marine grade) stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, 50mm across, for glass 8mm to 16mm thick. The body screws to the fixing face, the bolt passes through a hole in the glass, and rubber gaskets sit either side so the glass never touches metal. A threaded sleeve lets you fine-tune the stand-off so every panel sits in line. The price shown is for one stand-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-glass-stand-off-30mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless glass stand-off, 50mm diameter, 30mm deep, for 8 to 16mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a stand-off\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide-fixed glass with nothing on the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixing the glass to the side of the stair or slab keeps the full tread or balcony floor clear, and the glass appears to float on a few small round caps. It is one of the cleanest ways to guard a stair or balcony edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrade 316 for outdoor and coastal work.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which resists the chlorides in sea air, pool water and de-icing salt far better than 304, so it suits balconies and terraces as well as indoor stairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable to get the glass true.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stringers and slab edges are rarely perfectly flat. The threaded sleeve lets you set each stand-off so the glass runs straight and plumb along the whole run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRubber both sides of the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gaskets either side spread the clamping load and protect the edge of the hole in toughened or laminated glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide-fixed frameless glass balustrades on timber and steel staircases, concrete balcony slabs, terraces and mezzanine edges; glass screens fixed to walls; and feature glass panels in shops, hotels and offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne stand-off: body, adjusting sleeve, cap with bolt and grub screw, two rubber gaskets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStand-off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm from the fixing face to the back of the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm to 16mm, drilled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the stringer or wall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied. Choose a stainless bolt or anchor to suit the structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass hole size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line; check with us before ordering glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich stand-off to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStand-off\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm stand-off, glass 8-16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis stand-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm stand-off, thicker glass up to 22mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-stand-off-40mm-deep\"\u003e316 glass stand-off 40mm deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass held at the post instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-glass-clamp-45x45x27mm\"\u003e316 square glass clamp for 48.3mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide-fixed balustrade panels are usually held by four stand-offs, two near each vertical edge, and wider or taller panels may need six. The number, spacing and glass specification for a guarding balustrade should come from your glass supplier or structural designer, because the stand-offs carry all the load on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 30mm stand-off for glass up to 16mm and where you want the glass close to the stringer. Choose the 40mm stand-off for glass up to 22mm, laminated guarding glass or where the glass must clear a nosing or cladding. The glass must be drilled before toughening, so fix the stand-off positions first and send the hole centres to your glass supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark and drill the stringer or slab edge, fix each body with a suitable stainless bolt or anchor, and set the sleeves so the faces line up. Fit a gasket to each stand-off, hang the glass, fit the outer gaskets and caps, and tighten the bolts evenly; lock each cap with its grub screw. Do not overtighten on laminated glass. Wipe with warm soapy water and rinse with fresh water near the sea. Do not use wire wool or chloride cleaners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one stand-off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete stand-off with its gaskets, cap and bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the glass need holes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bolt passes through the glass, so each panel needs a hole at every stand-off, drilled before toughening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the fixing into the stringer included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The right fixing depends on timber, steel or concrete, so choose a stainless bolt or anchor to suit your structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Grade 316 suits balconies, terraces and coastal sites. Rinse with fresh water now and then to keep the satin finish bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57893909594499,"sku":"SSHF-460611-01","price":32.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-glass-stand-off-30mm-balcony-side-fixed.jpg?v=1794048722"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-corner-post-1","title":"304 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade Corner Post 42.4mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe post that turns a frameless glass balustrade through 90 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 42.4mm x 2.0mm satin 304 stainless corner post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on two faces at right angles. It comes with four D-shaped glass clamps, two for each panel, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. A corner post holds two glass panels meeting at 90 degrees, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-corner-post-42mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 304 capped glass balustrade corner post showing 1100mm overall height and clamp holes on two faces at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm 304 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on two faces at 90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, D-shaped, two on each face, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the mid and end posts so the glass sits at the same height all the way round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean right-angle turn.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two pairs of clamps sit on faces at 90 degrees, so the panels meet neatly at the post without a gap to fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart of a matching set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use it with the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post\u003c\/a\u003e between panels and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post\u003c\/a\u003e at each end, all with the same cap and clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e304 grade, for indoor and sheltered balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless suits homes, offices, shops and other dry or sheltered places. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, a 316 balustrade is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it where a glass balustrade turns a corner on landings, around stairwells, at mezzanine edges and on raised floors in homes, offices and shops, and on sheltered terraces and balconies away from salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, on two faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorner angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel on each face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 90 degree turn in the run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween two panels in a straight line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe start or end of a run\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou would rather use the heavier 48.3mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48-3mm\"\u003e304 corner post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA corner at another angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall us on 01744 520 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the corner post so its two pairs of clamp holes face along each leg of the run. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panels in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth, wiping along the grain, and avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one corner post with its cap, four clamps and cover plate. You need one at each 90 degree turn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work for corners other than 90 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the clamp holes are drilled at 90 degrees. For other angles, call us and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnder cover and away from salt, yes. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, choose 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per corner online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with mid and end posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860774199683,"sku":"SSHF-506243-01","price":178.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-corner-post-42mm-office-landing-corner.jpg?v=1793922711"},{"product_id":"premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48-3mm","title":"304 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade Corner Post 48.3mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe post that turns a frameless glass balustrade through 90 degrees in 48.3mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 48.3mm x 2.0mm satin 304 stainless corner post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on two faces at right angles. It comes with four D-shaped glass clamps, two for each panel, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. A corner post holds two glass panels meeting at 90 degrees, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 304 capped glass balustrade corner post for 48.3mm showing 1100mm overall height and clamp holes on two faces at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm 304 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on two faces at 90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, D-shaped, two on each face, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the 48.3mm mid and end posts so the glass sits at the same height all the way round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean right-angle turn.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two pairs of clamps sit on faces at 90 degrees, so the panels meet neatly at the post without a gap to fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier post.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 48.3mm it is the larger of the two common stainless post sizes. Keep the whole run in 48.3mm so posts, caps and clamps match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e304 grade, for indoor and sheltered balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless suits homes, offices, hotels, shops and other dry or sheltered places. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, a 316 balustrade is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it where a glass balustrade turns a corner on landings, around stairwells, at mezzanine and gallery edges and on raised floors in homes, offices, hotels and shops, and on sheltered terraces and balconies away from salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, on two faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorner angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel on each face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou would rather use the slimmer 42.4mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-corner-post-1\"\u003e304 corner post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA corner at another angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall us on 01744 520 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the corner post so its two pairs of clamp holes face along each leg of the run. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panels in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth, wiping along the grain, and avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one corner post with its cap, four clamps and cover plate. You need one at each 90 degree turn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work for corners other than 90 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the clamp holes are drilled at 90 degrees. For other angles, call us and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnder cover and away from salt, yes. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, choose 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per corner online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with mid and end posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860670030211,"sku":"SSHF-637315-01","price":194.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48mm-hotel-gallery-corner.jpg?v=1793923795"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post","title":"304 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade End Post 42.4mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe post that finishes each end of a frameless glass balustrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 42.4mm x 2.0mm satin 304 stainless end post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on one side. It comes with two D-shaped glass clamps, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. An end post holds one glass panel, on one side, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-end-post-42mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 304 capped glass balustrade end post showing 1100mm overall height and two clamp holes on one side at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm 304 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, D-shaped, on one side, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the mid and corner posts so the glass sits at the same height along the whole run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean finish at each end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamps are on one side only, so nothing sticks out past the last panel, and the radiused cap matches the rest of the run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart of a matching set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use it with the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post\u003c\/a\u003e between panels and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-corner-post-1\"\u003e304 corner post\u003c\/a\u003e at 90 degree turns, all with the same cap and clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e304 grade, for indoor and sheltered balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless suits homes, offices, shops and other dry or sheltered places. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, a 316 balustrade is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it at the start and end of glass balustrades along landings, stair edges, mezzanines and raised floors in homes, offices and shops, and on sheltered terraces and balconies away from salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe start or end of a run, glass on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween two panels in a straight line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-corner-post-1\"\u003e304 corner post with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou want a round handrail along the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-kit-1\"\u003e304 mid post kit with handrail saddle\u003c\/a\u003e, then call us for matching end posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the end post so its clamps face along the run towards the glass. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panel in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth, wiping along the grain, and avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one end post with its cap, two clamps and cover plate. A straight run needs two end posts, plus a mid post between each pair of panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used against a wall?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as the last post next to a wall, with the clamps facing the glass and the plain side towards the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnder cover and away from salt, yes. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, choose 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per end online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with mid and corner posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860508057987,"sku":"SSHF-768387-01","price":149.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-end-post-42mm-office-landing-end-of-run.jpg?v=1793922286"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post","title":"304 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade Mid Post 48.3mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor a clean glass balustrade with no handrail across the top, on a heavier 48.3mm post.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 48.3mm x 2.0mm satin 304 stainless mid post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled. It comes with four D-shaped glass clamps, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. A mid post holds two glass panels in a straight line, one each side, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-mid-post-48mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 304 capped glass balustrade mid post for 48.3mm showing 1100mm overall height, clamp holes at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm 304 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, D-shaped, two each side, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, so the glass sits at the same height on every post along the run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier post.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 48.3mm it is the larger of the two common stainless post sizes, a little more solid to the eye and the hand than 42.4mm. Choose one size for the whole run so the posts and clamps match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA frameless look.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a cap instead of a handrail, the top of the balustrade is the glass edge itself, which keeps views open on landings, mezzanines and galleries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e304 grade, for indoor and sheltered balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless suits homes, offices, hotels, shops and other dry or sheltered places. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, a 316 balustrade is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it for glass balustrades along landings, stair edges, mezzanines and galleries in homes, offices, hotels and shops, and on sheltered terraces and balconies away from salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, panels both sides in line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, straight between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped mid post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48-3mm\"\u003e304 corner post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou would rather use the slimmer 42.4mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panels in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth, wiping along the grain, and avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one mid post with its cap, clamps and cover plate. A run needs one mid post between each pair of panels, plus end or corner posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I mix 48.3mm and 42.4mm posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best not to. Keep one size along a run so the posts, caps and clamps all match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnder cover and away from salt, yes. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, choose 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per mid position online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with end and corner posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860448321923,"sku":"SSHF-045187-01","price":194.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-mid-post-48mm-home-landing-frameless-top.jpg?v=1793923175"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post","title":"304 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade End Post 48.3mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe post that finishes each end of a frameless glass balustrade in 48.3mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 48.3mm x 2.0mm satin 304 stainless end post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on one side. It comes with two D-shaped glass clamps, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. An end post holds one glass panel, on one side, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-end-post-48mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 304 capped glass balustrade end post for 48.3mm showing 1100mm overall height and two clamp holes on one side at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm 304 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, D-shaped, on one side, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the 48.3mm mid and corner posts so the glass sits at the same height along the whole run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean finish at each end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamps are on one side only, so nothing sticks out past the last panel, and the radiused cap matches the rest of the run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier post.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 48.3mm it is the larger of the two common stainless post sizes. Keep the whole run in 48.3mm so posts, caps and clamps match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e304 grade, for indoor and sheltered balustrades.\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless suits homes, offices, hotels, shops and other dry or sheltered places. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, a 316 balustrade is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it at the start and end of glass balustrades along landings, stair tops, mezzanines and galleries in homes, offices, hotels and shops, and on sheltered terraces and balconies away from salt. Two end posts on their own make a short single-panel screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.55 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48-3mm\"\u003e304 corner post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou would rather use the slimmer 42.4mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the end post so its clamps face along the run towards the glass. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panel in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean with warm soapy water and a soft cloth, wiping along the grain, and avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one end post with its cap, two clamps and cover plate. A straight run needs two end posts, plus a mid post between each pair of panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used against a wall?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as the last post next to a wall, with the clamps facing the glass and the plain side towards the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnder cover and away from salt, yes. Near the sea, round pools or where road salt is spread, choose 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per end online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with mid and corner posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860387209603,"sku":"SSHF-340099-01","price":164.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-capped-glass-balustrade-end-post-48mm-home-landing-stair-end.jpg?v=1793923429"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-mid-post","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade Mid Post 48.3mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavier outdoor-grade post that sits between two panels of a frameless glass balustrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 48.3mm x 2.0mm satin 316 stainless mid post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on both sides. It comes with four D-shaped glass clamps, two each side, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. A mid post holds two glass panels in a straight line, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-mid-post-48mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 capped glass balustrade mid post for 48.3mm showing 1100mm overall height and clamp holes on both sides at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm 316 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, D-shaped, two each side, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e316 grade, for outdoors, the coast and pools.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which gives it far better resistance to salt and chlorine than 304. Choose it for balconies and terraces near the sea, round swimming pools and spa pools, and anywhere road salt or de-icer is spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier post.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 48.3mm it is the larger of the two common stainless post sizes, with a more solid look on hotel terraces, promenades and commercial sites. Keep the whole run in 48.3mm so posts, caps and clamps match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the 316 48.3mm end and corner posts so the glass sits at the same height along the whole run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it on seafront hotel and restaurant terraces, promenades, balconies and roof terraces, round outdoor pools and spa pools, and on raised decks and patios, as well as indoors where you want one grade throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel each side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped mid post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post-1\"\u003e316 end post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-glass-balustrade-corner-post\"\u003e316 corner post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors or sheltered, away from salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou would rather use the slimmer 42.4mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e316 mid post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the mid post so its clamp holes face along the run. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panels in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse the posts with fresh water and wipe them along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one mid post with its cap, four clamps and cover plate. You need one between each pair of panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it by the sea or round a pool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what 316 is for. Rinse it with fresh water now and then to keep the satin finish clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I mix 42.4mm and 48.3mm posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best not to. The caps, clamps and cover plates are sized to the tube, so keep the whole run in one size and one grade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per gap between panels online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with end and corner posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860323017091,"sku":"SSHF-372867-01","price":209.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-mid-post-48mm-seafront-hotel-terrace.jpg?v=1793952206"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-glass-balustrade-corner-post","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade Corner Post 48.3mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavier outdoor-grade post that turns a frameless glass balustrade through 90 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 48.3mm x 2.0mm satin 316 stainless corner post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on two faces at right angles. It comes with four D-shaped glass clamps, two for each panel, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. A corner post holds two glass panels meeting at 90 degrees, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 capped glass balustrade corner post for 48.3mm showing 1100mm overall height and clamp holes on two faces at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm 316 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on two faces at 90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, D-shaped, two on each face, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e316 grade, for outdoors, the coast and pools.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which gives it far better resistance to salt and chlorine than 304. Choose it for balconies and terraces near the sea or on estuaries, round swimming pools, and anywhere road salt or de-icer is spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier post.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 48.3mm it is the larger of the two common stainless post sizes, with a more solid look on hotel, clubhouse and commercial terraces. Keep the whole run in 48.3mm so posts, caps and clamps match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean right-angle turn.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two pairs of clamps sit on faces at 90 degrees, so the panels meet neatly at the post without a gap to fill. The clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the 316 48.3mm mid and end posts so the glass sits at the same height all the way round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it wherever an outdoor glass balustrade turns a corner: the corners of balconies and roof terraces, riverside and estuary terraces, golf clubhouse and hotel terraces, pool surrounds, and raised decks and patios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, on two faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorner angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel on each face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e316 mid post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post-1\"\u003e316 end post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors or sheltered, away from salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48-3mm\"\u003e304 corner post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou would rather use the slimmer 42.4mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-42-4mm\"\u003e316 corner post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA corner at another angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall us on 01744 520 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the corner post so its two pairs of clamp holes face along each leg of the run. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panels in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse the posts with fresh water and wipe them along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one corner post with its cap, four clamps and cover plate. You need one at each 90 degree turn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work for corners other than 90 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the clamp holes are drilled at 90 degrees. For other angles, call us and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it by the sea or round a pool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what 316 is for. Rinse it with fresh water now and then to keep the satin finish clean, and keep the whole run in 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per corner online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with mid and end posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860224713091,"sku":"SSHF-405635-01","price":209.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-corner-post-48mm-estuary-terrace-corner.jpg?v=1793952934"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post-1","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade End Post 48.3mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavier outdoor-grade post that finishes each end of a frameless glass balustrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 48.3mm x 2.0mm satin 316 stainless end post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on one side. It comes with two D-shaped glass clamps, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. An end post holds one glass panel, on one side, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-end-post-48mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 capped glass balustrade end post for 48.3mm showing 1100mm overall height and two clamp holes on one side at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm 316 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, D-shaped, on one side, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e316 grade, for outdoors, the coast and pools.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which gives it far better resistance to salt and chlorine than 304. Choose it for balconies and terraces near the sea, round swimming pools and lidos, and anywhere road salt or de-icer is spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier post.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 48.3mm it is the larger of the two common stainless post sizes, with a more solid look on hotel terraces, cafes and commercial sites. Keep the whole run in 48.3mm so posts, caps and clamps match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean finish at each end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamps are on one side only, so nothing sticks out past the last panel. The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the 316 48.3mm mid and corner posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it at the start and end of glass balustrades on clifftop and seafront cafe terraces, hotel terraces, balconies and roof terraces, round outdoor pools and lidos, and on raised decks and patios. Two end posts on their own make a short single-panel screen beside steps or as a windbreak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e316 mid post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 48.3mm run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-glass-balustrade-corner-post\"\u003e316 corner post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors or sheltered, away from salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou would rather use the slimmer 42.4mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post-2\"\u003e316 end post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the end post so its clamps face along the run towards the glass. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panel in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse the posts with fresh water and wipe them along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one end post with its cap, two clamps and cover plate. A straight run needs two end posts, plus a mid post between each pair of panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used against a wall?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as the last post next to a wall, with the clamps facing the glass and the plain side towards the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it by the sea or round a pool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what 316 is for. Rinse it with fresh water now and then to keep the satin finish clean, and keep the whole run in 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per end online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with mid and corner posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860137386371,"sku":"SSHF-536707-01","price":181.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-end-post-48mm-clifftop-cafe-terrace.jpg?v=1793952611"},{"product_id":"premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-42-4mm","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade Corner Post 42.4mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe outdoor-grade post that turns a frameless glass balustrade through 90 degrees.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 42.4mm x 2.0mm satin 316 stainless corner post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on two faces at right angles. It comes with four D-shaped glass clamps, two for each panel, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. A corner post holds two glass panels meeting at 90 degrees, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-corner-post-42mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 capped glass balustrade corner post showing 1100mm overall height and clamp holes on two faces at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm 316 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on two faces at 90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, D-shaped, two on each face, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e316 grade, for outdoors, the coast and pools.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which gives it far better resistance to salt and chlorine than 304. Choose it for balconies and terraces near the sea, round swimming pools, and anywhere road salt or de-icer is spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the 316 mid and end posts so the glass sits at the same height all the way round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean right-angle turn.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two pairs of clamps sit on faces at 90 degrees, so the panels meet neatly at the post without a gap to fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it wherever an outdoor glass balustrade turns a corner: the corners of balconies and roof terraces, raised decks and patios, pool surrounds, and the terraces of seafront apartments, hotels, restaurants and marinas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, on two faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorner angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel on each face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e316 mid post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post-2\"\u003e316 end post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors or sheltered, away from salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-corner-post-1\"\u003e304 corner post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou want the heavier 48.3mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-glass-balustrade-corner-post\"\u003e316 corner post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA corner at another angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall us on 01744 520 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the corner post so its two pairs of clamp holes face along each leg of the run. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panels in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse the posts with fresh water and wipe them along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one corner post with its cap, four clamps and cover plate. You need one at each 90 degree turn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work for corners other than 90 degrees?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the clamp holes are drilled at 90 degrees. For other angles, call us and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it by the sea or round a pool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what 316 is for. Rinse it with fresh water now and then to keep the satin finish clean, and keep the whole run in 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per corner online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with mid and end posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57860027351427,"sku":"SSHF-667779-01","price":195.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-corner-post-42mm-seafront-balcony-corner.jpg?v=1793951885"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post-2","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade End Post 42.4mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe outdoor-grade post that finishes each end of a frameless glass balustrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 42.4mm x 2.0mm satin 316 stainless end post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on one side. It comes with two D-shaped glass clamps, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. An end post holds one glass panel, on one side, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-end-post-42mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 capped glass balustrade end post showing 1100mm overall height and two clamp holes on one side at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm 316 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, D-shaped, on one side, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e316 grade, for outdoors, the coast and pools.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which gives it far better resistance to salt and chlorine than 304. Choose it for balconies and terraces near the sea, round swimming pools, and anywhere road salt or de-icer is spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the 316 mid and corner posts so the glass sits at the same height along the whole run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean finish at each end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamps are on one side only, so nothing sticks out past the last panel, and the radiused cap matches the rest of the run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it at the start and end of glass balustrades on balconies, roof terraces and decks, along raised patios, round pool surrounds and on seafront apartments, hotels, cafes and bars. Two end posts on their own make a short single-panel screen, for example beside steps or as a windbreak on a terrace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel on one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e316 mid post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-42-4mm\"\u003e316 corner post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors or sheltered, away from salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post\"\u003e304 end post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou want the heavier 48.3mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post-1\"\u003e316 end post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the end post so its clamps face along the run towards the glass. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panel in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse the posts with fresh water and wipe them along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one end post with its cap, two clamps and cover plate. A straight run needs two end posts, plus a mid post between each pair of panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used against a wall?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as the last post next to a wall, with the clamps facing the glass and the plain side towards the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it by the sea or round a pool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what 316 is for. Rinse it with fresh water now and then to keep the satin finish clean, and keep the whole run in 316.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per end online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with mid and corner posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57859503882627,"sku":"SSHF-929923-01","price":165.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-end-post-42mm-seaside-roof-terrace.jpg?v=1793951640"},{"product_id":"professional-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-mid-post","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass Balustrade Mid Post 42.4mm with Post Cap and Glass Clamps","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe outdoor-grade post that sits between two panels of a frameless glass balustrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a ready-made 42.4mm x 2.0mm satin 316 stainless mid post, 1100mm tall with a radiused cap, a 120mm base plate already welded on, and the clamp holes already drilled on both sides. It comes with four D-shaped glass clamps, two each side, rubbers and screws, and a cover plate. A mid post holds two glass panels in a straight line, and the glass forms the top edge of the balustrade. The price shown is for one post. Glass and floor fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-mid-post-42mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 capped glass balustrade mid post showing 1100mm overall height and clamp holes on both sides at 780mm centres, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm 316 stainless, satin, 1100mm overall, clamp holes drilled on both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost cap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadiused, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded on, with three slotted fixing holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, D-shaped, two each side, with rubbers for 8, 10 or 12mm glass and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, to hide the base plate and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass panels, floor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this post\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e316 grade, for outdoors, the coast and pools.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which gives it far better resistance to salt and chlorine than 304. Choose it for balconies and terraces near the sea, round swimming pools, and anywhere road salt or de-icer is spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding, no drilling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base plate is welded on and the clamp holes are drilled at 780mm centres, 160mm in from each end, matching the 316 end and corner posts so the glass sits at the same height along the whole run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA frameless glass top.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a cap instead of a handrail, the glass forms the top edge and nothing interrupts the view.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for a capped run without a handrail. Glass with no handrail on top has to carry the load itself, so the glass type and thickness, post spacing, fixings and floor need checking by whoever signs off the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it on balconies, roof terraces and decks, along raised patios, round pool surrounds and on seafront apartments, hotels, cafes and bars, as well as indoors on landings and mezzanines where you want one grade throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm x 2.0mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100mm with cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780mm, 160mm from the top and 160mm from the floor, both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8, supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8, 10 or 12mm, one panel each side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm, welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right post?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour situation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, between two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis capped mid post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, the start or end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-end-post-2\"\u003e316 end post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 run, a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-balustrade-corner-post-42-4mm\"\u003e316 corner post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors or sheltered, away from salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/304-stainless-steel-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e304 mid post 42.4mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou want the heavier 48.3mm post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-glass-balustrade-mid-post\"\u003e316 mid post 48.3mm with cap\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet out the run and stand each post in place, marking through the slots in the base plate. Turn the mid post so its clamp holes face along the run. The cover plate goes over the post from the top, so fit it before the cap goes on, then bolt the post to the floor with anchors suited to the floor and lower the cover plate over the base plate. Fit the clamps with the rubbers for your glass thickness, set the panels in and tighten the clamp screws evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse the posts with fresh water and wipe them along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Avoid chlorine bleach and wire wool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one mid post with its cap, four clamps and cover plate. You need one between each pair of panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the glass included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Glass and floor fixings are not included. The clamps take 8, 10 or 12mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it by the sea or round a pool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what 316 is for. Rinse it with fresh water now and then to keep the satin finish clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I mix it with 304 posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best not to. Keep the whole run in one grade so the posts weather the same way, and use 316 throughout outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder one post per gap between panels online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full run with end and corner posts, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts, availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57859453616515,"sku":"SSHF-028227-01","price":195.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-capped-glass-balustrade-mid-post-42mm-seafront-terrace.jpg?v=1793951304"},{"product_id":"premium-corner-glass-stiffener","title":"316 Stainless Steel Corner Glass Clamp for Frameless Glass up to 12mm, 90 Degree","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 316 stainless clamp that joins two frameless glass panels where they meet at a 90 degree corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each leg has a rubber-lined slot that slips over the top edge of one panel, and a set screw in each leg locks it in place, so the two panels brace each other at the corner instead of standing alone. It is a small, neat L, 65mm along each leg and 25mm tall, for glass up to 12mm thick. Satin 316 suits outdoor, coastal and pool-side glass. The price shown is for one clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-corner-glass-clamp-12mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 corner glass clamp: legs 65 x 65mm, 24mm wide and 25mm tall, 14mm slots lined with 1mm rubber gaskets for glass up to 12mm, one set screw 14mm from the end of each leg\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne corner clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined 316 stainless steel L, satin, with two slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitted\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber gaskets in both slots and one hex socket set screw in each leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass, base channel or glass clamps that carry the panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies the corner together.\u003c\/strong\u003e At an open corner the end of each frameless panel is its weakest point. Clamping the two top edges together lets each panel stiffen the other, so the corner moves less when someone leans on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass never touches steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both slots are lined with 1mm rubber gaskets, so the clamp grips the glass evenly and the set screws press through rubber, not straight onto the glass edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and tidy.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 25mm tall with flush faces it sits neatly on the corner and keeps the clean, open look of frameless glass. Satin 316 suits roof terraces, coastal balconies and pool fences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAngle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 degree corner, two panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLegs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm x 65mm, each 24mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlots\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm wide, lined with 1mm rubber gaskets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket set screw per leg, 14mm from the leg end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.21 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right clamp?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour joint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels meeting at a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis corner clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels in a straight line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/316-stainless-steel-mid-glass-stiffener\"\u003e316 mid glass clamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe end of a panel against a wall or post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-stiffener-12mm-panels\"\u003e316 end glass clamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall and level the glass panels first in their base channel or clamps, with the corner gap set. Check the gaskets are seated in both slots, then slide the clamp down over the top edges of the two panels at the corner until the glass sits fully in both slots. Tighten the set screw in each leg evenly with a hex key until the clamp is firm; do not overtighten against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp braces the corner but does not hold the glass up. Use toughened or toughened laminated safety glass, and have the balustrade, its glass and its fixings designed and signed off by whoever is responsible for the job, to BS 6180 where it applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse with fresh water and wipe along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Clean the glass and clamp with warm soapy water; avoid chlorine bleach, wire wool and scouring pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one corner clamp with its gaskets and two set screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat glass does it suit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass panels up to 12mm thick. The 14mm slots are lined with 1mm rubber on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it hold the glass up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The panels must be carried by a base channel or glass clamps. This clamp ties the top corner of two panels together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, 316 stainless suits outdoor, coastal and pool-side use. Rinse it with fresh water now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless glass balustrade with clamps and fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57846176186755,"sku":"SSHF-507075-01","price":36.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-corner-glass-clamp-12mm-roof-terrace-corner.jpg?v=1794053339"},{"product_id":"316-stainless-steel-mid-glass-stiffener","title":"316 Stainless Steel Mid Glass Clamp, Two Panels in Line, for Frameless Glass up to 12mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 316 stainless clamp that joins two frameless glass panels standing in a straight line.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a short H-section bar: the edge of one panel goes into the rubber-lined slot at each end, a solid 10mm web keeps a neat gap between them, and a set screw over each slot locks the glass in. Tying neighbouring panels together lets them share the load, so a long run of frameless glass moves less when someone leans on it. It is 90mm long and 25mm tall, for glass up to 12mm thick. Satin 316 suits outdoor, coastal and pool-side glass. The price shown is for one clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-mid-glass-clamp-12mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 mid glass clamp: 90mm long, 24mm wide and 25mm tall H-section, two 14mm slots 40mm deep lined with 1mm rubber either side of a 10mm web, two set screws at 60mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne mid clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined 316 stainless steel H-section bar, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitted\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber gaskets in both slots and two hex socket set screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass, base channel or glass clamps that carry the panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels work together.\u003c\/strong\u003e A frameless panel standing on its own flexes at its free edges. Joining each panel to the next turns a run of single panels into one stiffer screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn even gap every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10mm web in the middle sets the gap between the two panels, so joints line up along the run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass never touches steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both slots are lined with 1mm rubber gaskets, so the set screws press through rubber, not straight onto the glass. Satin 316 suits balconies, terraces and pool fences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoins\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels in a straight line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm long, 24mm wide, 25mm tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlots\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 14mm wide and 40mm deep, lined with 1mm rubber gaskets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentre web\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm, sets the gap between the panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo hex socket set screws at 60mm centres, one into each panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right clamp?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour joint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels in a straight line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis mid clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels meeting at a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-corner-glass-stiffener\"\u003e316 corner glass clamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe end of a panel against a wall or post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-stiffener-12mm-panels\"\u003e316 end glass clamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall and level the glass panels first in their base channel or clamps, leaving a 10mm gap between them. Check the gaskets are seated in both slots, then fit the clamp across the joint so each panel edge sits fully in its slot, usually near the top of the panels. Tighten both set screws evenly with a hex key until the clamp is firm; do not overtighten against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp joins the panels but does not hold the glass up. Use toughened or toughened laminated safety glass, and have the balustrade, its glass and its fixings designed and signed off by whoever is responsible for the job, to BS 6180 where it applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse with fresh water and wipe along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Clean the glass and clamp with warm soapy water; avoid chlorine bleach, wire wool and scouring pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one mid clamp with its gaskets and two set screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat glass does it suit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass panels up to 12mm thick. The 14mm slots are lined with 1mm rubber on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat gap do I leave between panels?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003e10mm, the width of the web in the middle of the clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it hold the glass up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The panels must be carried by a base channel or glass clamps. This clamp joins neighbouring panels together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless glass balustrade with clamps and fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845989933443,"sku":"SSHF-096899-01","price":33.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-mid-glass-clamp-12mm-seaside-balcony-joint.jpg?v=1794054056"},{"product_id":"premium-glass-stiffener-12mm-panels","title":"316 Stainless Steel End Glass Clamp, Panel to Wall, for Frameless Glass up to 12mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 316 stainless clamp that fixes the end of a frameless glass panel to a wall or post.\u003c\/strong\u003e One leg is a flat flange that screws to the wall through a countersunk hole; the other has a rubber-lined slot that slips over the glass edge, with a set screw to lock it. It steadies the end of the panel where it meets the building, so the panel is held at the wall as well as at its base. It is small and neat, 65mm each way and 25mm tall, for glass up to 12mm thick. Satin 316 suits outdoor, coastal and pool-side glass. The price shown is for one clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-end-glass-clamp-12mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 end glass clamp: 65mm wall flange 5mm thick with one countersunk hole 13mm from the end, 65mm slotted leg 24mm wide and 25mm tall, 14mm slot lined with 1mm rubber for glass up to 12mm, one set screw 14mm from the end\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne end clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined 316 stainless steel L, satin: a wall flange and a slotted glass leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitted\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber gasket in the slot and one hex socket set screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass, the wall screw and plug, and the base channel or clamps that carry the panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies the panel to the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where a frameless panel stops at a wall, its free end can flex when someone leans on it. Fixing that end to the wall steadies the panel and closes the run neatly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass never touches steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e The slot is lined with a 1mm rubber gasket, so the clamp grips the glass evenly and the set screw presses through rubber, not straight onto the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and tidy.\u003c\/strong\u003e The countersunk wall screw sits flush in the flange and the slotted leg is only 25mm tall, so it keeps the clean look of frameless glass. Satin 316 suits patios, balconies and pool fences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall flange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm long, 5mm thick, one countersunk hole 13mm from the end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass leg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm long, 24mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm wide, lined with 1mm rubber gasket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass fixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket set screw, 14mm from the end of the leg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right clamp?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour joint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe end of a panel against a wall or post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis end clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels meeting at a 90 degree corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-corner-glass-stiffener\"\u003e316 corner glass clamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels in a straight line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/316-stainless-steel-mid-glass-stiffener\"\u003e316 mid glass clamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall and level the glass panel first in its base channel or clamps, with the gap to the wall set. Check the gasket is seated in the slot, slide the clamp onto the glass edge and hold the flange flat on the wall. Mark through the hole, drill and fix with a countersunk stainless screw and plug or anchor to suit the wall. Then tighten the set screw with a hex key until the clamp is firm; do not overtighten against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp steadies the panel end but does not hold the glass up. Use toughened or toughened laminated safety glass, and have the balustrade, its glass and its fixings designed and signed off by whoever is responsible for the job, to BS 6180 where it applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse with fresh water and wipe along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Clean the glass and clamp with warm soapy water; avoid chlorine bleach, wire wool and scouring pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one end clamp with its gasket and set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat glass does it suit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrameless glass panels up to 12mm thick. The 14mm slot is lined with 1mm rubber on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the wall screw included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a countersunk stainless screw and plug or anchor to suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it hold the glass up?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The panel must be carried by a base channel or glass clamps. This clamp ties the end of the panel to the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless glass balustrade with clamps and fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845892907395,"sku":"SSHF-293507-01","price":30.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-end-glass-clamp-12mm-patio-wall-end.jpg?v=1794053828"},{"product_id":"premium-glass-clamp-180-for-8mm-10mm","title":"316 Stainless Steel Glass-to-Glass Clamp 180 Degrees for 8mm and 10mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 316 stainless clamp that joins two frameless glass panels standing in a straight line.\u003c\/strong\u003e The oval body straddles the gap between the panels: the edge of one panel goes into each end, a 14mm web in the middle sets the gap, and two countersunk screws close the clamp onto both panes through rubber gaskets. Use two per joint, near the top and bottom, to tie a run of panels into one screen for pool fences, terraces, windbreaks and partitions. It takes 8mm or 10mm glass. The price shown is for one clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-glass-to-glass-clamp-180-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 glass-to-glass clamp 180 degrees: oval 106 x 44 x 27mm, 14mm web between the panes, safety pin holes 39mm either side of centre, two closing screws at 24mm centres, for 8 or 10mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-part oval body in 316 stainless, satin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRubber gaskets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSets for 8mm and 10mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrews\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo countersunk hex socket screws that close the clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pins\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, optional, for use through 10mm holes in the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe glass, and the channel or clamps that carry the panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels work together.\u003c\/strong\u003e A frameless panel on its own flexes at its free edges. Clamping neighbouring panels edge to edge turns a run of single panels into one stiffer screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean on one side.\u003c\/strong\u003e The screws are on one face only; the other face is plain brushed stainless, so you can turn the plain side towards the view, the pool or the street.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e316 for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which gives it much better resistance to salt and chlorine than 304, so it suits pool fences, coastal terraces and windbreaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, satin finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAngle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, two panels in a straight line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm or 10mm toughened, with the matching rubbers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106mm long, 44mm tall, 27mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGap between panels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14mm, set by the centre web\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosing screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo countersunk hex socket screws, 24mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pins\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional, 39mm either side of centre, through 10mm holes in the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.47 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right clamp?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour joint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels in a straight line, joined along the edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 180 degree clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels at a right-angle corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-glass-clamp-90-degrees-8mm-10mm\"\u003e316 glass-to-glass clamp 90 degrees\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels in line, joined at the top edge, up to 12mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/316-stainless-steel-mid-glass-stiffener\"\u003e316 mid glass clamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall and level the glass panels first in their base channel or clamps, with a 14mm gap between them. Fit the rubbers for your glass thickness in both halves of the clamp. Place the halves either side of the joint so each panel edge sits fully in the clamp, fit the safety pins if the glass is drilled for them, and tighten the two countersunk screws evenly with a hex key until the glass is held firm. Do not over-tighten on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety.\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamps join the panels but do not hold the glass up. Use toughened or toughened laminated safety glass, and have the balustrade or fence, its glass and fixings designed and signed off by whoever is responsible for the job, to BS 6180 where it applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, rinse with fresh water and wipe along the grain every few weeks, more often near the sea or a pool, so salt and chlorine do not leave brown tea staining. Use warm soapy water; avoid chlorine bleach, wire wool and scouring pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one clamp with its rubbers, two screws and two safety pins. Most joints use two clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it take 12mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it comes with rubbers for 8mm and 10mm glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to drill the glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if you use the optional safety pins, which need a 10mm hole in each panel, drilled before the glass is toughened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used by a pool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what 316 is for. Rinse it with fresh water now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frameless glass fence or balustrade with clamps and fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm the parts and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845870428547,"sku":"SSHF-588419-01","price":25.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-glass-to-glass-clamp-180-pool-fence-joint.jpg?v=1794056033"},{"product_id":"premium-mini-d-glass-clamp-42-4mm-posts","title":"304 Stainless Mini D Glass Clamp for 42.4mm Posts, 36 x 29mm, 4-6mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis mini D clamp holds a thin glass panel, 4mm or 6mm thick, to the side of a 42.4mm round stainless upright, for sneeze screens, counter screens, display stands and shop fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, only 36 x 29 x 18mm, with a back curved to suit 42.4mm tube, two countersunk closing screws and rubber pads for both 4mm and 6mm glass. It is a much smaller clamp than the balustrade clamps, sized for light screens rather than barriers. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for a two-panel counter screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-stainless-mini-d-glass-clamp-42-4mm-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 304 stainless mini D glass clamp for 42.4mm posts, 36 x 29 x 18mm, for 4 or 6mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a mini D clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for thin glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Protection screens, sneeze guards and display panels use 4mm or 6mm toughened glass. A full-size balustrade clamp is made for 8mm to 12mm glass and looks bulky on a counter. This clamp is about a third of the size and grips thin glass properly with its own rubbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShaped to the upright.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back is curved to 42.4mm, so the clamp sits tight on round tube with no rocking, and the glass stays straight from one upright to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo metal against the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Black rubber pads line both faces of the slot. Two sets come in the box, one for 4mm glass and one for 6mm, so the same clamp suits either thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and easy to clean.\u003c\/strong\u003e The satin finish matches satin stainless tube and wipes clean, which matters on food counters and in surgeries and pharmacies where screens are cleaned many times a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSneeze screens on café, deli and buffet counters; protection screens on reception, pharmacy, bank and ticket counters; glass shelves and display stands in shops and showrooms; and low glass dividers on desks and bars, all with 42.4mm round stainless uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back plates, two countersunk screws, rubber pads for 4mm and 6mm glass. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 29 x 18mm, D shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round tube (back curved to suit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4mm or 6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther clamps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini D clamp, 42.4mm round upright, 4-6mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini D clamp, flat upright, wall or panel, 4-6mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-mini-d-glass-clamp\"\u003e304 mini D clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-10mm glass, 42.4mm post, outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/d-type-glass-clamp-50x40mm\"\u003e316 D clamp 50 x 40mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12mm glass, 42.4mm post, outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 D clamp 63 x 45mm for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo clamps on each side edge of every panel, one low and one high. A single screen panel between two uprights takes four clamps; two panels sharing a middle upright take eight. The minimum order of 8 covers a typical counter screen of two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the upright: 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1 1\/4\" nominal bore, and this clamp will not sit tight on other sizes. For square uprights, panels or walls, use the flat-back mini clamp. Fit the rubber pads that match your glass, 4mm or 6mm. For glass 8mm or thicker, or for a balustrade that people lean on, use a full-size D clamp instead; this mini clamp is for light screens. It is 304 stainless, made for indoor use; outdoors or near the sea, choose a 316 clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp positions on the upright, then drill and fix each back plate through its central fixing hole; the screw into the upright is not supplied and its size is not published for this line. Set the glass on packers. Fit the rubber pads, offer up the front plates and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is held firm, without overtightening. Clean with warm soapy water or a mild non-abrasive cleaner and a soft cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one clamp with its screws and both sets of rubber pads. The minimum order is 8.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a safety pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This mini clamp closes with two screws and has no safety pin. It is made for light screens, not for balustrades.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it hold 8mm or 10mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It takes 4mm or 6mm glass only. For 8mm or 10mm glass, use a full-size D clamp such as the 316 D clamp 50 x 40mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a square post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is curved for 42.4mm round tube. For square posts or flat surfaces, use the 304 mini D clamp with a flat back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is grade 304 stainless, best kept indoors. For outdoor or coastal screens, use a grade 316 clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full screen or a batch of counters, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57839590015363,"sku":"SSHF-674051-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-stainless-mini-d-glass-clamp-42-4mm-post-cafe-sneeze-screen.jpg?v=1794068907"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-mini-d-glass-clamp","title":"304 Stainless Mini D Glass Clamp, Flat Back, 36 x 29mm, 4-6mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis mini D clamp holds a thin glass panel, 4mm or 6mm thick, to any flat surface: a square upright, a wall, a counter upstand or a cabinet side, for sneeze screens, splash screens, display stands and shop fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 304 stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, only 36 x 29 x 18mm, with a flat back, two countersunk closing screws and rubber pads for both 4mm and 6mm glass. It is a much smaller clamp than the balustrade clamps, sized for light screens rather than barriers. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for a two-panel counter screen or four wall-fixed screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-stainless-mini-d-glass-clamp-flat-back-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 304 stainless mini D glass clamp with a flat back, 36 x 29 x 18mm, for 4 or 6mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a mini D clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for thin glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Protection screens, sneeze guards and display panels use 4mm or 6mm toughened glass. A full-size balustrade clamp is made for 8mm to 12mm glass and looks bulky on a counter. This clamp is about a third of the size and grips thin glass properly with its own rubbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat back for square uprights and walls.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square and rectangular tube, flat bar, walls, worktop upstands and cabinet sides all need a flat-back clamp. It sits flush with no rocking, so the glass stays straight. On round tube, use the curved-back version instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo metal against the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Black rubber pads line both faces of the slot. Two sets come in the box, one for 4mm glass and one for 6mm, so the same clamp suits either thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat and easy to clean.\u003c\/strong\u003e The satin finish matches satin stainless tube and wipes clean, which matters on food counters and in surgeries and pharmacies where screens are cleaned many times a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSneeze screens on café, deli and buffet counters with square uprights; glass splash and privacy screens fixed to walls beside reception desks and basins; protection screens fixed to counter upstands; glass shelves and display cabinets in shops and showrooms; and low glass dividers on desks and bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back plates, two countersunk screws, rubber pads for 4mm and 6mm glass. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 x 29 x 18mm, D shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat surfaces: square or rectangular uprights, walls, upstands, panels (flat back)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4mm or 6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.07 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther clamps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini D clamp, flat upright, wall or panel, 4-6mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini D clamp, 42.4mm round upright, 4-6mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mini-d-glass-clamp-42-4mm-posts\"\u003e304 mini D clamp for 42.4mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-10mm glass, flat post, outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/d-type-glass-clamp-50x40x26mm\"\u003e316 D clamp 50 x 40mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12mm glass, flat post, outdoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-d-type-glass-clamp-1\"\u003e316 D clamp 63 x 45mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo clamps on each fixed edge of every panel, one low and one high. A screen panel between two uprights takes four clamps; a splash screen fixed to a wall along one edge takes two. The minimum order of 8 covers a two-panel counter screen or four wall-fixed screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this clamp on any flat face at least 30mm wide. For round 42.4mm tube, use the curved-back mini clamp, as a flat back will rock on a round post. Fit the rubber pads that match your glass, 4mm or 6mm. For glass 8mm or thicker, or for a balustrade that people lean on, use a full-size D clamp instead; this mini clamp is for light screens. It is 304 stainless, made for indoor use; outdoors or near the sea, choose a 316 clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp positions, then drill and fix each back plate through its central fixing hole with a screw and plug to suit the surface; the fixing is not supplied and its size is not published for this line. Set the glass on packers. Fit the rubber pads, offer up the front plates and tighten the two screws evenly until the glass is held firm, without overtightening. Clean with warm soapy water or a mild non-abrasive cleaner and a soft cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one clamp with its screws and both sets of rubber pads. The minimum order is 8.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it have a safety pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This mini clamp closes with two screws and has no safety pin. It is made for light screens, not for balustrades.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it hold 8mm or 10mm glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It takes 4mm or 6mm glass only. For 8mm or 10mm glass, use a full-size D clamp such as the 316 D clamp 50 x 40mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back is flat and would rock on round tube. For 42.4mm round uprights, use the 304 mini D clamp for 42.4mm posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix it straight to a wall?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The flat back sits on a wall, an upstand or a cabinet side. Use a screw and plug to suit the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is grade 304 stainless, best kept indoors. For outdoor or coastal screens, use a grade 316 clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full screen or a batch of counters, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57839529066883,"sku":"SSHF-805123-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/304-stainless-mini-d-glass-clamp-flat-back-deli-sneeze-screen.jpg?v=1794069207"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-d-type-glass-clamp-1","title":"316 Stainless Steel D Type Glass Clamp 63 x 45mm for Flat Post, 8-12mm Glass","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis D clamp holds a glass panel to a square post, box section or wall outdoors, where salt air, rain and pool water would mark lesser steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is grade 316 (marine grade) stainless steel with a satin brushed finish, 63 x 45 x 30mm, with a flat back, rubber pads for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass and an optional safety pin. Two countersunk screws close the halves round the glass edge. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 8, enough for two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-d-type-glass-clamp-flat-post-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 316 stainless D type glass clamp for flat posts, 63 x 45 x 30mm, for 8, 10 or 12mm glass\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrade 316 for outdoor and coastal work.\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless contains molybdenum, which resists the chlorides in sea air, pool water and de-icing salt far better than 304. On a roof terrace, balcony or pool surround it keeps its finish with simple cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat back for square posts and walls.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square and rectangular posts, box section, flat bar and walls need a flat-back clamp. A curved-back clamp would rock and never hold the glass straight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTakes 12mm glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The full-size D clamp grips 8mm, 10mm or 12mm toughened glass with the matching rubbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety pin option.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pin passes through a hole in the glass so the panel cannot slide out even if a screw works loose. Use it where the glass is drilled for it, or leave it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass balustrades on square-post roof terraces, balconies, decks and stairs; pool and hot tub screens; glass infill in box-section frames; and glass screens fixed to walls outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp: front and back halves, two closing screws, rubber pads for 8mm, 10mm and 12mm glass, safety pin. Minimum order 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 x 45 x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat post, box section or wall (flat back)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm, 10mm or 12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin brushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, optional (needs a hole in the glass)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing to the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied. Usually one M8 stainless screw into a drilled and tapped post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich glass clamp to choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eD clamp, 316, flat post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor job, lower cost, flat post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/d-type-glass-clamp-63mm-x-45mm-x-30mm\"\u003e304 D clamp 63 x 45mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 D clamp, 48.3mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-d-type-glass-clamp-63x45x30mm-2\"\u003e316 D clamp for 48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 D clamp, 42.4mm round post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-stainless-steel-glass-clamp\"\u003e316 D clamp for 42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller clamp, flat post, 8-10mm glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/d-type-glass-clamp-50x40x26mm\"\u003e316 D clamp 50 x 40mm, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare shape, flat post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-glass-clamp-316-stainless-steel\"\u003e316 square clamp, flat back\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost panels are held by four clamps, two on each post, set about 150 to 200mm in from the top and bottom of the glass. A run of three panels between four posts takes 12. Tall or wide panels may need a third clamp each side; follow your glass supplier's or designer's layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this flat-back clamp on any face at least 45mm wide. Fit the rubber pads to match your glass: 8mm, 10mm or 12mm. If you want the safety pin, order the glass with holes drilled before toughening, matched to the pin. Choose 316 for outdoors, coastal sites and pools; 304 is fine for dry interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the clamp heights on every post with a level line. Drill and tap the post, fix the back half, then fit the rubber pads for your glass. Set the glass on packers, fit the pin if used, offer up the front half and tighten the two countersunk screws evenly until the glass is gripped firmly, without overtightening. Use toughened safety glass only. Wipe with warm soapy water; on the coast, a fresh-water rinse every few weeks keeps the satin finish bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete clamp with both halves, two screws, the rubber pads and the pin. The minimum order is 8, which holds two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it suitable near the sea?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Grade 316 is the stainless used for coastal and pool work. Rinse it with fresh water now and then to keep it bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to use the safety pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use it only if your glass has a hole drilled for it; otherwise the clamp grips the glass on the rubbers alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a round post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot well. The back is flat. Use the 316 D clamp for 42.4mm or 48.3mm round posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 8 or more online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full balustrade, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check quantities and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57819566080387,"sku":"SSHF-099715-01","price":16.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/316-d-type-glass-clamp-flat-post-coastal-roof-terrace.jpg?v=1794014746"}],"url":"https:\/\/industrialsuppliesco.co.uk\/collections\/iron-hardware-glass-clamps-balustrades.oembed?page=3","provider":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}